1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 int *other_type_used);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count;
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint *b;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
679 result->commands = commands;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
734 struct breakpoint *b;
737 if (b->number == num)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
751 struct bp_location *loc;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
877 if (a->address == b->address)
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
933 struct bp_location *loc;
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
964 innermost_block = NULL;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
973 struct bp_location *loc;
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
988 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
989 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
992 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
994 static VEC (char_ptr) *
995 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
999 text = skip_spaces (text);
1000 space = skip_to_space (text);
1004 struct breakpoint *b;
1005 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len = strlen (text);
1020 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1021 struct bp_location *loc;
1024 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1031 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1034 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text = skip_spaces (space);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1052 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1054 struct breakpoint *b;
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1062 bnum = get_number (&p);
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1067 if (b->number == bnum)
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1095 struct command_line *c;
1097 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1101 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1105 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1124 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1141 struct command_line *commands)
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line *c;
1150 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1171 struct command_line *c2;
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1174 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1175 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1177 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1194 struct breakpoint *b;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1196 struct bp_location *loc;
1199 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1201 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1202 if (loc->address == addr)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1214 struct command_line *commands)
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1219 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1220 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1231 int old_silent = b->silent;
1234 if (old_silent != silent)
1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1244 int old_thread = b->thread;
1247 if (old_thread != thread)
1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1252 breakpoint work for any task. */
1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1257 int old_task = b->task;
1260 if (old_task != task)
1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1267 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1269 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1272 /* A structure used to pass information through
1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1275 struct commands_info
1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1284 already-parsed command. */
1285 struct command_line *control;
1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1289 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1293 commands_command. */
1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1298 struct commands_info *info = data;
1300 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1302 struct command_line *l;
1304 if (info->control != NULL)
1305 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1308 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1311 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1312 "%s, one per line."),
1315 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1317 l = read_command_lines (str,
1320 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1323 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1326 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1331 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1334 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1336 b->commands = info->cmd;
1337 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1344 struct command_line *control)
1346 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1347 struct commands_info info;
1349 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1350 info.control = control;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1356 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1358 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1361 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1362 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1374 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1377 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1383 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1390 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1392 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1403 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1404 return simple_control;
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1412 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1416 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1423 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1427 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1429 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1430 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1431 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1432 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1433 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1434 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1435 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1436 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1438 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1441 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1442 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1443 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1445 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1447 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1449 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1450 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1451 report higher one. */
1454 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1455 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1457 struct bp_location *bl;
1459 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1460 bl = bp_location[bc];
1462 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1463 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1464 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1465 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1467 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1468 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1469 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1471 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1473 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1480 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1481 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1482 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1483 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1484 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1487 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1489 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1490 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1491 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1494 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1497 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1499 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1501 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1506 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1507 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1508 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1511 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1514 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1515 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1516 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1519 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1521 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1522 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1525 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1527 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1528 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1530 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1535 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1540 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1541 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1543 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1544 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1545 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1549 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1551 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1552 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1555 if (readbuf != NULL)
1557 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1558 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1559 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1560 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1561 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1563 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1565 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1566 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1570 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1571 const unsigned char *bp;
1572 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1573 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1575 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1576 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1577 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1579 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1581 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1583 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1584 breakpoint's INSN. */
1585 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1591 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1595 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1597 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1598 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1599 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1602 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1605 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1607 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1608 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1609 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1612 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1616 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1618 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1619 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1622 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1623 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1624 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1625 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1626 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1627 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1628 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1629 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1632 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1634 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1635 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1636 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1637 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1640 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1641 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1644 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1646 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1648 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1650 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1651 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1652 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1653 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1654 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1656 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1659 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1660 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1661 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1662 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1664 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1666 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1667 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1670 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1671 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1672 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1673 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1674 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1675 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1676 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1677 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1679 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1680 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1681 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1682 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1683 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1684 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1685 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1686 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1689 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1690 hardware watchpoints:
1692 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1693 called several times when GDB stops.
1696 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1697 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1698 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1699 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1700 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1701 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1702 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1703 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1704 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1705 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1706 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1708 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1709 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1712 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1714 int within_current_scope;
1715 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1724 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1729 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1730 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1731 within_current_scope = 1;
1734 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1735 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1736 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1738 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1739 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1740 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1744 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1745 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1746 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1747 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1750 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1752 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1753 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1754 if (within_current_scope)
1758 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1759 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1760 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1763 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1772 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1773 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1774 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1775 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1776 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1777 be completely different objects. */
1778 value_free (b->val);
1782 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1783 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1784 locations (re)created below. */
1785 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1787 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1789 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1793 s = b->base.cond_string;
1794 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1798 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1799 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1800 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1801 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1802 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1803 if ( !target_has_execution)
1805 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1806 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1807 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1809 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1812 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1813 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1815 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1817 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1818 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1819 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1820 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1821 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1823 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1829 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1831 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1832 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1834 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1835 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1836 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1837 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1838 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1839 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1840 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1842 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1844 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1845 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1846 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1848 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1849 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1853 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1855 addr = value_address (v);
1857 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1859 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1862 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1863 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1866 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1868 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1869 loc->address = addr;
1870 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1871 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1876 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1877 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1878 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1883 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1884 struct bp_location *bl;
1886 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1890 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1893 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1894 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1895 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1897 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1898 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1899 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1900 this watchpoint in as well. */
1902 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1903 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1904 hardware watchpoint type. */
1905 type = b->base.type;
1906 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1907 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1909 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1910 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1911 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1912 through watch_command), so always account for it
1915 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1916 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1918 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1919 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1922 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1923 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1925 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1927 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1928 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1929 "hardware watchpoint."));
1930 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1931 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1932 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1934 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1935 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1939 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1940 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1941 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1943 b->base.type = type;
1946 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1950 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1952 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1953 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1954 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1955 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1958 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1960 next = value_next (v);
1965 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1966 above left it without any location set up. But,
1967 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1968 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1969 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1971 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1972 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1973 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1974 base->loc->address = -1;
1975 base->loc->length = -1;
1976 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1979 else if (!within_current_scope)
1981 printf_filtered (_("\
1982 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1983 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1985 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1988 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1990 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1994 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1995 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1996 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1997 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1998 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2000 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2002 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2005 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2008 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2011 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2014 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2015 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2016 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2017 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2018 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2019 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2020 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2021 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2022 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2028 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2029 that the location is not duplicated. */
2032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2035 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2038 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2039 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2043 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2044 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2045 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2046 any error during parsing. */
2048 static struct agent_expr *
2049 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2051 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2052 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2053 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2058 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2059 that may show up. */
2060 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2062 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2067 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2068 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2069 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2073 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2077 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2078 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2079 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2080 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2081 one of them is true. */
2084 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2086 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2087 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2088 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2089 struct bp_location *loc;
2091 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2092 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2093 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2095 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2096 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2099 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2100 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2101 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2102 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2103 response back to GDB. */
2104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2107 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2111 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2113 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2114 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2115 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2116 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2117 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2118 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2120 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2121 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2127 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2128 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2129 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2131 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2137 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2138 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2139 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2141 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2142 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2143 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2145 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2148 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2150 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2152 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2155 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2156 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2161 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2162 for this location's address. */
2163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2167 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2168 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2169 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2171 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2172 conditions to the target. */
2173 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2174 loc->cond_bytecode);
2180 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2181 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2182 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2184 static struct agent_expr *
2185 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2187 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2188 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2189 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2190 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2191 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2193 char *format_start, *format_end;
2194 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2196 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2203 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2205 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2207 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2208 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2210 format_start = cmdrest;
2212 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2214 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2216 format_end = cmdrest;
2218 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2219 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2223 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2224 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2226 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2228 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2230 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2232 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2233 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2236 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2241 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2242 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2244 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2248 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2249 that may show up. */
2250 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2252 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2253 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2254 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2259 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2260 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2261 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2265 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2267 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2271 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2272 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2273 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2276 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2278 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2279 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2280 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2281 struct bp_location *loc;
2283 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2284 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2285 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2288 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2303 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2305 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2310 loc->owner->extra_string);
2311 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2317 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2318 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2319 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2321 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2327 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2329 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2334 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2335 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2337 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2339 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2342 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2343 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2348 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2349 for this location's address. */
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2353 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2354 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2355 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2356 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2358 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2359 to send the commands to the target. */
2360 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2365 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2366 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2367 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2370 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2371 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2372 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2373 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2376 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2377 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2379 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2380 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2381 int *disabled_breaks,
2382 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2383 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2386 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2387 struct gdb_exception e;
2389 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2392 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2394 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2395 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2396 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2397 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2398 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2399 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2401 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2402 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2403 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2405 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2406 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2407 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2408 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2410 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2412 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2413 build_target_command_list (bl);
2414 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2415 bl->needs_update = 0;
2418 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2419 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2421 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2423 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2424 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2425 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2427 Two important cases are:
2428 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2429 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2430 hardware breakpoint.
2431 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2432 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2433 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2436 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2437 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2438 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2439 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2441 struct mem_region *mr
2442 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2446 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2448 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2450 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2451 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2453 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2455 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2457 static int said = 0;
2459 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2462 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2463 _("Note: automatically using "
2464 "hardware breakpoints for "
2465 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2470 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2472 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2473 "at readonly address %s"),
2474 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2478 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2479 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2480 || bl->section == NULL
2481 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2483 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2484 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2486 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2491 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2496 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2497 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2498 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2500 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2501 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2502 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2503 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2504 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2508 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2510 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2511 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2512 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2513 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2514 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2516 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2517 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2518 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2522 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2523 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2525 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2526 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2528 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2533 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2538 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2539 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2546 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2547 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2549 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2551 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2552 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2553 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2559 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2560 "library breakpoints:\n");
2562 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2564 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2568 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2570 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2571 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2573 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2574 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2575 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2580 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2581 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2584 "Error accessing memory address ");
2585 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2587 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2588 safe_strerror (val));
2599 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2600 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2601 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2602 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2604 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2605 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2607 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2609 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2610 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2611 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2613 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2615 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2616 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2620 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2621 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2625 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2626 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2633 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2634 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2637 /* Back to the original value. */
2638 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2642 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2645 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2647 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2648 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2650 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2653 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2657 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2658 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2660 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2663 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2665 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2666 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2667 so just return success. */
2674 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2675 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2679 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2681 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2682 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2684 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2687 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2688 delete_breakpoint (b);
2691 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2692 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2693 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2695 struct bp_location *tmp;
2697 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2699 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2700 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2701 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2703 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2704 if (tmp->next == loc)
2706 tmp->next = loc->next;
2712 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2713 removed locations above. */
2714 update_global_location_list (0);
2717 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2718 Throws exception on any error.
2719 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2720 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2722 insert_breakpoints (void)
2724 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2727 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2729 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2731 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2734 update_global_location_list (1);
2736 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2737 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2739 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2740 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2743 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2746 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2748 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2752 callback (loc, NULL);
2756 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2757 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2758 always-inserted mode. */
2761 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2763 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2766 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2767 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2768 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2770 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2771 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2773 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2774 there was an error. */
2775 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2777 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2781 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2783 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2786 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2787 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2788 deletion of breakpoints. */
2789 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2792 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2794 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2795 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2796 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2797 insert breakpoints. */
2798 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2799 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2802 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2803 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2810 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2811 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2814 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2817 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2820 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2822 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2823 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2826 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2827 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2828 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2830 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2831 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2833 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2834 there was an error. */
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2837 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2841 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2844 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2845 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2846 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2847 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2848 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2851 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2853 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2854 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2855 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2856 insert breakpoints. */
2857 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2858 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2861 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2862 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2867 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2868 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2871 int some_failed = 0;
2872 struct bp_location *loc;
2874 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2877 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2880 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2883 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2884 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2891 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2893 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2895 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2897 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2905 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2906 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2907 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2909 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2910 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2911 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2913 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2914 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2917 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2920 /* Used when the program stops.
2921 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2922 removing a breakpoint location. */
2925 remove_breakpoints (void)
2927 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2930 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2932 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2933 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2938 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2941 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2943 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2945 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2949 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2952 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2957 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2966 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2968 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2969 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2971 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2972 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2973 struct inferior *inf;
2974 struct thread_info *tp;
2976 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2980 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2981 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2983 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2985 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2986 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2990 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2996 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3008 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3010 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3011 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3012 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3013 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3014 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3015 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3017 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3020 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3023 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3024 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3028 static struct breakpoint *
3029 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3030 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3031 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3033 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3034 struct breakpoint *b;
3036 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3039 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3040 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3042 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3043 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3044 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3049 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3051 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3053 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3055 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3056 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3058 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3061 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3062 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3064 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3065 int longjmp_searched;
3067 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3068 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3073 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3074 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3076 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3077 int exception_searched;
3079 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3080 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3083 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3085 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3086 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3088 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3091 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3093 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3096 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3097 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3099 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3100 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3102 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3104 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3105 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3107 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3108 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3110 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3111 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3113 return bp_objfile_data;
3117 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3121 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3122 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3126 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3128 struct objfile *objfile;
3129 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3131 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3133 struct breakpoint *b;
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3137 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3139 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3142 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3144 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3146 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3149 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3150 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3153 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3156 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3157 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3159 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3160 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3162 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3164 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3165 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3169 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3170 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3173 update_global_location_list (1);
3177 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3179 struct program_space *pspace;
3180 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3182 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3184 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3186 struct objfile *objfile;
3188 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3190 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3194 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3196 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3197 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3200 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3202 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3204 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3205 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3206 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3209 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3212 struct probe *probe;
3213 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3216 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3217 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3221 struct breakpoint *b;
3223 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3225 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3226 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3227 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3235 struct breakpoint *b;
3236 const char *func_name;
3239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3259 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3260 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3261 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3265 update_global_location_list (1);
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3270 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3272 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3274 struct program_space *pspace;
3275 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3276 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3278 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3280 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3282 struct objfile *objfile;
3285 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3287 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3289 struct breakpoint *b;
3290 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3292 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3294 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3297 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3299 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3301 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3302 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3303 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3305 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3306 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3309 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3312 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3313 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3314 bp_std_terminate_master,
3315 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3316 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3317 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3321 update_global_location_list (1);
3323 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3326 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3329 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3331 struct objfile *objfile;
3332 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3334 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3336 struct breakpoint *b;
3337 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3341 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3343 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3344 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3346 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3347 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3348 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3351 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3353 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3355 struct probe *probe;
3358 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3359 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3363 struct breakpoint *b;
3365 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3366 bp_exception_master,
3367 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3368 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3369 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3375 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3377 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3380 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3382 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3384 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3386 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3387 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3389 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3393 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3396 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3397 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3399 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3400 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3401 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3402 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3405 update_global_location_list (1);
3409 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3411 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3412 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3414 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3415 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3416 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3417 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3418 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3419 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3420 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3421 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3422 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3423 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3424 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3428 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3431 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3434 delete_breakpoint (b);
3438 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3439 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3441 delete_breakpoint (b);
3445 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3446 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3447 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3448 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3449 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3451 delete_breakpoint (b);
3455 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3456 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3458 delete_breakpoint (b);
3462 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3464 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3465 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3466 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3468 delete_breakpoint (b);
3472 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3474 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3475 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3476 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3477 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3481 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3482 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3483 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3484 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3485 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3486 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3488 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3489 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3490 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3491 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3492 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3493 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3494 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3496 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3497 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3498 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3499 let finish_command delete it.
3501 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3502 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3503 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3504 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3505 solib breakpoints.) */
3507 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3512 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3513 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3515 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3517 delete_breakpoint (b);
3521 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3522 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3523 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3524 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3525 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3529 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3531 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3533 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3534 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3536 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3537 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3539 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3540 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3543 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3547 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3550 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3551 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3557 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3558 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3559 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3560 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3561 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3564 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3568 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3569 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3571 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3572 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3575 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3576 This should not ever happen. */
3577 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3579 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3580 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3582 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3583 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3584 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3586 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3587 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3588 || bl->section == NULL
3589 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3591 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3592 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3596 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3597 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3598 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3600 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3601 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3603 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3604 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3605 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3606 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3609 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3612 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3613 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3616 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3617 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3618 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3619 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3621 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3622 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3623 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3624 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3625 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3626 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3632 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3637 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3638 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3639 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3640 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3645 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3647 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3649 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3650 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3652 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3653 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3655 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3656 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3657 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3660 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3661 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3664 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3665 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3667 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3671 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3678 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3681 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3683 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3684 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3686 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3687 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3690 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3691 This should not ever happen. */
3692 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3694 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3696 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3698 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3700 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3704 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3707 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3709 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3712 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3716 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3717 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3719 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3722 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3723 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3724 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3729 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3731 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3732 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3734 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3738 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3743 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3744 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3745 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3751 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3757 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3759 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3760 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3763 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3765 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3767 case bp_shlib_event:
3769 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3770 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3771 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3772 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3773 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3775 (gdb) file prog-linux
3776 (gdb) run # native linux target
3779 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3780 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3783 case bp_step_resume:
3785 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3787 delete_breakpoint (b);
3791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3792 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3793 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3795 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3797 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3798 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b);
3800 else if (context == inf_starting)
3802 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3803 insert_breakpoints. */
3805 value_free (w->val);
3816 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3817 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3818 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3819 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3822 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3823 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3824 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3825 match, not program space. */
3827 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3828 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3829 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3830 permanent breakpoint.
3831 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3832 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3833 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3834 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3835 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3837 enum breakpoint_here
3838 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3841 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3845 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3846 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3849 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3850 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3851 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3852 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3854 if (overlay_debugging
3855 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3856 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3857 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3858 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3859 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3861 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3865 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3868 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3871 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3873 struct bp_location *loc;
3876 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3877 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3883 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3884 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3885 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3886 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3889 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3892 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3896 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3897 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3901 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3903 if (overlay_debugging
3904 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3905 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3906 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3914 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3915 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3918 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3920 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3923 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3929 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3933 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3936 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3938 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3940 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3944 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3947 if (overlay_debugging
3948 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3949 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3950 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3956 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3957 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3964 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3965 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3967 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3971 struct bp_location *loc;
3973 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3974 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3980 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3981 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3985 /* Check for intersection. */
3986 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3987 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3995 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3996 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3999 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4002 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4003 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4009 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4010 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4013 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4014 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4015 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4018 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4021 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4023 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4024 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4025 it is now time to do so. */
4027 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4028 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4032 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4034 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4035 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4036 it is now time to do so. */
4038 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4039 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4043 if (overlay_debugging
4044 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4045 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4046 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4055 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4059 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4061 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4064 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4068 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4070 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4071 value_free (bs->old_val);
4072 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4073 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4077 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4078 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4081 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4098 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4099 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4102 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4106 bpstat retval = NULL;
4111 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4113 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4114 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4115 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4116 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4117 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4119 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4120 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4124 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4134 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4137 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4142 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4144 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4150 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value
4153 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4157 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4159 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4160 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4161 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4163 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4164 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4166 if (newval > result)
4173 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4174 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4175 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4176 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4178 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4179 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4181 Return 1 otherwise. */
4184 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4186 struct breakpoint *b;
4189 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4191 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4192 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4193 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4194 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4195 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4197 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4199 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4203 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4206 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4208 struct thread_info *tp;
4211 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4214 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4218 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4220 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4222 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4224 value_free (bs->old_val);
4230 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4233 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4235 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4237 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4239 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4240 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4241 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4242 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4243 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4247 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4250 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4253 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4255 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4258 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4259 or its equivalent. */
4262 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4264 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4265 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4268 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4269 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4270 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4271 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4273 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4274 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4275 bpstat of the current thread. */
4278 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4281 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4284 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4286 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4289 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4290 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4292 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4294 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4297 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4298 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4300 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4301 struct command_line *cmd;
4302 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4304 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4306 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4307 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4308 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4309 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4310 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4311 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4312 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4313 the tree when we're done. */
4314 ccmd = bs->commands;
4315 bs->commands = NULL;
4316 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4317 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4318 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4320 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4326 execute_control_command (cmd);
4328 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4334 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4335 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4337 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4339 if (target_can_async_p ())
4340 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4341 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4342 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4345 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4346 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4347 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4348 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4349 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4350 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4351 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4352 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4353 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4354 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4355 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4356 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4357 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4362 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4367 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4369 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4371 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4372 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4373 && target_has_execution
4374 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4375 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4376 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4377 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4378 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4379 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4380 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4383 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4386 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4389 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4392 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4395 struct value_print_options opts;
4396 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4397 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4401 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4402 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4403 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4404 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4407 static enum print_stop_action
4408 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4410 switch (bs->print_it)
4413 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4414 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4418 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4419 relevant messages. */
4420 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4423 case print_it_normal:
4425 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4427 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4428 which has since been deleted. */
4430 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4432 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4433 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4438 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4439 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4444 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4447 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4450 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4452 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4456 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4462 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4466 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4471 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4475 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4476 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4479 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4485 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4486 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4489 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4494 struct so_list *iter;
4496 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4499 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4502 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4508 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4509 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4512 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4516 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4517 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4518 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4519 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4520 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4521 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4522 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4525 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4526 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4527 code to print the location. An example is
4528 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4530 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4531 to also print the location part of the message.
4532 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4533 don't require a location appended to the end.
4534 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4535 further info to be printed. */
4537 enum print_stop_action
4538 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4542 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4543 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4544 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4545 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4546 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4548 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4549 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4550 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4551 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4555 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4556 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4557 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4558 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4560 print_solib_event (0);
4561 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4564 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4565 with and nothing was printed. */
4566 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4569 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4570 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4571 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4572 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4575 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4577 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4578 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4580 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4584 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4587 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4591 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4593 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4594 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4595 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4596 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4597 incref_bp_location (bl);
4598 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4599 bs->commands = NULL;
4601 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4605 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4606 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4609 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4611 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4613 struct breakpoint *b;
4615 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4617 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4618 as not triggered. */
4620 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4622 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4624 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4630 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4632 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4633 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4635 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4637 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4639 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4642 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4645 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4646 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4650 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4652 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4653 struct bp_location *loc;
4655 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4656 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4658 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4660 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4661 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4663 if (newaddr == start)
4665 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4669 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4670 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4674 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4683 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4684 because of check_errors). */
4685 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4686 #define WP_DELETED 1
4687 /* The value has changed. */
4688 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4689 /* The value has not changed. */
4690 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4691 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4694 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4695 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4697 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4700 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4701 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4704 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4706 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4707 struct watchpoint *b;
4708 struct frame_info *fr;
4709 int within_current_scope;
4711 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4712 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4713 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4721 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4722 within_current_scope = 1;
4725 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4726 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4727 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4729 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4730 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4731 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4732 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4733 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4734 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4735 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4736 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4737 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4741 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4742 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4744 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4745 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4746 if (within_current_scope)
4748 struct symbol *function;
4750 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4751 if (function == NULL
4752 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4753 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4754 within_current_scope = 0;
4757 if (within_current_scope)
4758 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4759 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4764 if (within_current_scope)
4766 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4767 time before we return to the command level and call
4768 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4769 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4773 struct value *new_val;
4775 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4776 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4777 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4778 a mask watchpoint. */
4779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4781 mark = value_mark ();
4782 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4784 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4785 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4786 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4787 not what we want. */
4788 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4789 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4791 if (new_val != NULL)
4793 release_value (new_val);
4794 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4796 bs->old_val = b->val;
4799 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4803 /* Nothing changed. */
4804 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4805 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4810 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4812 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4813 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4814 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4815 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4816 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4817 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4818 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4819 the first value assigned). */
4820 /* We print all the stop information in
4821 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4822 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4823 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4827 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4828 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4829 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4831 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4832 which its expression is valid.\n");
4834 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4835 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4836 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4842 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4843 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4844 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4847 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4848 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4849 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4851 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4853 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4854 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4856 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4859 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4860 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4863 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4865 const struct bp_location *bl;
4866 struct watchpoint *b;
4868 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4869 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4870 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4871 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4872 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4875 int must_check_value = 0;
4877 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4878 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4880 must_check_value = 1;
4881 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4882 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4883 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4885 must_check_value = 1;
4886 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4887 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4888 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4889 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4890 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4891 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4892 must_check_value = 1;
4894 if (must_check_value)
4897 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4899 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4900 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4902 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4906 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4907 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4911 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4914 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4915 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4917 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4919 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4920 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4921 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4922 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4923 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4924 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4925 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4928 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4929 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4932 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4933 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4934 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4935 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4937 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4938 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4939 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4942 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4943 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4944 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4945 changes. This still gives false positives when
4946 the program writes the same value to memory as
4947 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4948 it for a read), but it's much better than
4951 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4953 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4955 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4958 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4959 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4961 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4962 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4964 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4965 == watch_triggered_yes)
4967 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4973 if (other_write_watchpoint
4974 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4976 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4977 and the value changed since the last time we
4978 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4980 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4985 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4986 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4987 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4989 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4990 the value hasn't changed. */
4991 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4999 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5000 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5001 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5002 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5003 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5007 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5009 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5010 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5011 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5012 anything for this watchpoint. */
5013 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5020 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5021 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5022 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5025 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5027 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5028 const struct bp_location *bl;
5029 struct breakpoint *b;
5031 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5032 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5033 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5034 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5035 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5037 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5038 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5039 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5041 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5042 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5046 int value_is_zero = 0;
5047 struct expression *cond;
5049 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5050 method implemented. */
5051 if (b->py_bp_object)
5052 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5054 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5056 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5063 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5065 int within_current_scope = 1;
5066 struct watchpoint * w;
5068 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5069 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5070 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5071 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5073 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5075 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5076 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5080 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5081 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5082 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5083 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5084 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5086 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5087 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5090 struct frame_info *frame;
5092 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5093 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5094 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5095 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5096 really matter which instantiation of the function
5097 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5098 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5099 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5100 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5101 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5102 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5103 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5104 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5106 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5108 select_frame (frame);
5110 within_current_scope = 0;
5112 if (within_current_scope)
5114 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5115 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5119 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5120 "in the current scope"));
5121 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5122 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5125 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5126 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5129 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5133 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5137 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5141 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5143 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5149 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5150 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5152 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5153 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5156 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5158 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5160 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5161 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5162 several reasons concurrently.)
5164 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5165 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5168 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5169 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5170 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5172 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5173 struct bp_location *bl;
5174 struct bp_location *loc;
5175 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5176 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5177 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5180 int need_remove_insert;
5183 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5184 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5185 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5186 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5187 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5188 inferior function calls. */
5192 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5195 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5197 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5198 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5199 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5200 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5201 checked all locations already. */
5202 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5205 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5208 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5211 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5214 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5217 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5218 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5219 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5223 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5224 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5225 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5227 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5229 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5231 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5236 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5238 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5240 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5241 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5244 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5248 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5249 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5250 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5252 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5254 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5256 handle_solib_event ();
5261 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5262 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5263 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5267 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5272 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5273 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5276 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5281 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5283 /* We will stop here. */
5284 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5286 --(b->enable_count);
5287 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5288 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5289 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5294 bs->commands = b->commands;
5295 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5296 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5297 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5303 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5305 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5306 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5309 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5310 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5311 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5313 need_remove_insert = 0;
5314 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5315 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5317 && bs->breakpoint_at
5318 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5320 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5322 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5323 need_remove_insert = 1;
5326 if (need_remove_insert)
5327 update_global_location_list (1);
5328 else if (removed_any)
5329 update_global_location_list (0);
5335 handle_jit_event (void)
5337 struct frame_info *frame;
5338 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5340 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5341 breakpoint_re_set. */
5342 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5344 frame = get_current_frame ();
5345 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5347 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5349 target_terminal_inferior ();
5352 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5355 handle_solib_event (void)
5357 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5359 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5360 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5361 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5362 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5364 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5366 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5368 target_terminal_inferior ();
5371 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5373 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5376 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5378 struct bpstat_what retval;
5382 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5383 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5384 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5386 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5388 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5389 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5390 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5393 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5395 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5396 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5400 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5407 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5410 case bp_shlib_event:
5414 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5416 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5419 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5422 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5423 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5424 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5428 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5430 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5434 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5435 This requires no further action. */
5439 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5441 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5442 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5444 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5445 case bp_exception_resume:
5446 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5447 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5449 case bp_step_resume:
5451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5454 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5458 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5460 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5463 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5467 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5468 case bp_thread_event:
5469 case bp_overlay_event:
5470 case bp_longjmp_master:
5471 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5472 case bp_exception_master:
5473 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5479 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5481 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5485 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5486 This requires no further action. */
5491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5494 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5495 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5496 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5497 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5499 case bp_std_terminate:
5500 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5501 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5502 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5503 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5506 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5507 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5508 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5509 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5511 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5512 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5515 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5516 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5518 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5519 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5520 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5521 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5525 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5529 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5530 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5533 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5536 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5537 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5542 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5544 handle_jit_event ();
5547 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5549 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5558 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5559 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5567 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5568 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5569 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5572 bpstat_should_step (void)
5574 struct breakpoint *b;
5577 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5583 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5585 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5594 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5595 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5596 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5599 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5601 static char wrap_indent[80];
5602 int i, total_width, width, align;
5606 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5608 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5610 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5611 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5612 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5617 total_width += width + 1;
5623 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5624 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5626 "host": Host evals condition.
5627 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5628 "target": Target evals condition.
5632 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5634 struct bp_location *bl;
5635 char host_evals = 0;
5636 char target_evals = 0;
5641 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5644 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5645 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5646 return condition_evaluation_host;
5648 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5650 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5656 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5657 return condition_evaluation_both;
5658 else if (target_evals)
5659 return condition_evaluation_target;
5661 return condition_evaluation_host;
5664 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5665 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5668 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5670 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5673 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5674 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5675 return condition_evaluation_host;
5677 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5678 return condition_evaluation_target;
5680 return condition_evaluation_host;
5683 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5686 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5687 struct bp_location *loc)
5689 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5690 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5692 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5696 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5698 if (b->display_canonical)
5699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5700 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5703 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5706 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5707 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5708 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5709 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5710 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5711 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5714 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5716 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5718 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5719 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5724 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5728 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5729 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5731 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5733 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5735 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5738 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5740 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5741 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5742 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5744 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5745 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5746 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5747 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5750 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5754 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5756 struct ep_type_description
5761 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5763 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5764 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5765 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5766 {bp_until, "until"},
5767 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5768 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5769 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5772 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5773 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5774 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5775 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5776 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5777 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5778 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5779 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5780 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5781 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5782 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5783 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5784 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5785 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5786 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5787 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5788 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5789 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5790 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5792 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5793 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5794 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5795 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5798 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5799 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5800 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5801 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5804 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5809 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5810 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5813 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5814 const char *field_name,
5818 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5820 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5824 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5825 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5826 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5829 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5835 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5841 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5843 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5845 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5849 do_cleanups (back_to);
5852 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5855 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5856 struct bp_location *loc,
5858 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5861 struct command_line *l;
5862 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5864 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5865 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5866 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5867 struct value_print_options opts;
5869 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5871 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5872 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5873 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5876 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5877 header_of_multiple = 1;
5885 if (part_of_multiple)
5888 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5889 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5894 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5899 if (part_of_multiple)
5900 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5902 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5906 if (part_of_multiple)
5907 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5914 if (part_of_multiple)
5915 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5917 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5918 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5919 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5923 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5925 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5926 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5927 make sure there's just one location. */
5928 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5929 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5935 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5936 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5940 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5941 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5942 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5944 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5946 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5947 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5948 is relatively readable). */
5949 if (opts.addressprint)
5950 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5952 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5957 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5961 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5962 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5964 case bp_exception_resume:
5965 case bp_step_resume:
5966 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5967 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5969 case bp_std_terminate:
5970 case bp_shlib_event:
5971 case bp_thread_event:
5972 case bp_overlay_event:
5973 case bp_longjmp_master:
5974 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5975 case bp_exception_master:
5977 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5978 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5981 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5982 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5983 if (opts.addressprint)
5986 if (header_of_multiple)
5987 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5988 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5989 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5991 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5992 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5995 if (!header_of_multiple)
5996 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6003 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6005 struct inferior *inf;
6006 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6011 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6012 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6015 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6016 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6018 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6019 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6020 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6021 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6022 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6023 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6025 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6026 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6029 if (!part_of_multiple)
6031 if (b->thread != -1)
6033 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6034 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6038 else if (b->task != 0)
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6041 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6045 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6047 if (!part_of_multiple)
6048 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6050 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6054 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6056 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6057 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6061 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6064 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6065 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6067 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6070 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6071 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6072 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6073 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6074 == condition_evaluation_target)
6076 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6077 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6078 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6079 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6084 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6086 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6087 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6088 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6089 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6092 if (!part_of_multiple)
6096 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6097 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6099 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6104 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6105 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6106 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6108 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6112 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6113 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6118 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6121 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6122 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6123 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6126 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6127 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6128 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6129 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6132 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6133 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6134 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6135 if (b->ignore_count)
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6138 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6139 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6140 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6143 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6145 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6147 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6149 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6150 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6151 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6155 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6156 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6158 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6161 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6162 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6163 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6166 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6168 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6170 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6172 annotate_field (10);
6173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6174 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6175 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6178 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6180 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6182 annotate_field (11);
6184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6185 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6186 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6190 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6192 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6193 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6200 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6202 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6206 else if (b->addr_string)
6207 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6212 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6213 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6216 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6217 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6219 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6221 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6222 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6224 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6225 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6226 locations, if any. */
6227 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6229 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6230 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6231 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6234 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6235 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6237 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6238 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6240 struct bp_location *loc;
6243 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6245 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6246 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6247 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6248 do_cleanups (inner2);
6255 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6257 int print_address_bits = 0;
6258 struct bp_location *loc;
6260 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6264 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6265 an address to print. */
6266 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6269 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6270 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6271 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6274 return print_address_bits;
6277 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6283 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6285 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6286 struct breakpoint *b;
6287 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6291 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6293 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6301 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6302 char **error_message)
6304 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6307 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6309 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6310 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6316 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6317 internal or momentary. */
6320 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6322 return b->number > 0;
6325 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6326 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6327 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6328 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6329 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6330 breakpoints listed. */
6333 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6334 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6336 struct breakpoint *b;
6337 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6338 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6339 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6340 struct value_print_options opts;
6341 int print_address_bits = 0;
6342 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6343 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6345 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6347 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6348 required for address fields. */
6349 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6352 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6353 if (filter && !filter (b))
6356 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6357 accept. Skip the others. */
6358 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6360 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6362 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6366 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6368 int addr_bit, type_len;
6370 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6371 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6372 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6374 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6375 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6376 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6378 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6382 if (opts.addressprint)
6384 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6385 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6389 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6390 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6393 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6394 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6395 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6397 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6398 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6400 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6401 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6402 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6404 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6408 if (opts.addressprint)
6410 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6412 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6413 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6414 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6416 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6417 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6419 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6421 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6422 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6423 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6424 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6429 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6430 if (filter && !filter (b))
6433 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6434 accept. Skip the others. */
6436 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6438 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6440 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6443 else /* all others */
6445 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6449 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6451 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6452 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6455 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6457 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6459 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6463 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6464 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6466 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6467 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6473 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6474 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6477 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6478 there have been breakpoints? */
6479 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6481 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6484 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6485 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6488 default_collect_info (void)
6490 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6492 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6493 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6495 if (!*default_collect)
6498 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6500 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6501 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6502 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6506 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6508 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6510 default_collect_info ();
6514 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6516 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6517 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6519 if (num_printed == 0)
6521 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6522 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6524 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6529 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6531 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6533 default_collect_info ();
6537 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6538 struct program_space *pspace,
6539 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6541 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6543 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6545 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6546 && bl->address == pc
6547 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6553 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6554 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6558 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6559 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6560 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6563 struct breakpoint *b;
6566 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6567 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6571 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6572 else /* if (others == ???) */
6573 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6575 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6578 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6579 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6580 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6581 else if (b->thread != -1)
6582 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6583 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6584 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6585 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6587 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6591 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6593 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6594 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6595 printf_filtered (".\n");
6600 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6601 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6602 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6603 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6605 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6606 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6607 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6608 breakpoint at address zero:
6616 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6618 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6620 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6623 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6624 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6627 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6628 struct bp_location *loc2)
6630 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6631 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6633 /* Both of them must exist. */
6634 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6635 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6637 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6638 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6639 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6640 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6641 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6642 other watchpoint. */
6644 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6646 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6649 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6651 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6655 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6656 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6657 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6658 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6659 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6660 become hw_access locations later. */
6661 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6662 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6663 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6664 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6667 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6668 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6669 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6670 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6673 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6674 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6676 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6677 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6681 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6682 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6683 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6684 space doesn't really matter. */
6687 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6688 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6691 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6692 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6693 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6696 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6697 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6698 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6699 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6702 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6703 struct address_space *aspace,
6706 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6709 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6710 bl->address, bl->length,
6714 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6715 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6716 true, otherwise returns false. */
6719 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6720 struct bp_location *loc2)
6722 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6723 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6724 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6725 different locations. */
6726 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6731 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6732 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6733 represent the same location. */
6736 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6737 struct bp_location *loc2)
6739 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6741 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6742 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6743 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6745 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6746 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6748 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6751 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6752 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6753 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6755 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6756 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6757 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6758 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6762 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6763 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6765 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6766 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6770 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6771 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6773 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6774 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6776 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6779 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6780 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6781 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6782 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6785 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6786 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6788 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6790 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6793 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6794 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6795 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6796 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6797 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6799 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6800 have their addresses modified. */
6805 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6807 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6808 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6809 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6811 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6812 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6814 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6815 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6817 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6822 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6823 struct breakpoint *owner)
6825 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6827 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6832 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6833 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6836 switch (owner->type)
6842 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6843 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6845 case bp_exception_resume:
6846 case bp_step_resume:
6847 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6848 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6850 case bp_std_terminate:
6851 case bp_shlib_event:
6852 case bp_thread_event:
6853 case bp_overlay_event:
6855 case bp_longjmp_master:
6856 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6857 case bp_exception_master:
6858 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6859 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6861 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6864 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6865 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6866 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6869 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6870 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6871 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6876 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6877 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6878 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6887 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6889 static struct bp_location *
6890 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6892 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6896 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6898 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6902 /* Increment reference count. */
6905 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6910 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6911 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6914 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6916 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6918 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6919 free_bp_location (*blp);
6923 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6926 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6928 struct breakpoint *b1;
6930 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6931 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6933 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6935 breakpoint_chain = b;
6944 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6947 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6948 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6950 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6952 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6954 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6958 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6959 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6960 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6962 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6965 b->ignore_count = 0;
6967 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6968 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6969 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6970 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6973 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6974 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6976 static struct breakpoint *
6977 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6979 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6981 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6983 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6984 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6988 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6989 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6993 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6995 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6997 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6998 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6999 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7002 const char *function_name;
7003 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7005 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7006 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7008 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7010 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7012 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7013 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7014 &loc->requested_address))
7016 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7017 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7018 loc->requested_address,
7021 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7022 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7024 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7025 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7026 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7027 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7029 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7034 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7038 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7040 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7043 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7045 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7050 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7051 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7052 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7054 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7055 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7056 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7059 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7060 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7061 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7063 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7065 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7067 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7068 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7070 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7071 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7073 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7074 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7076 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7079 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7080 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7081 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7082 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7083 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7084 is also returned as the value of this function.
7086 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7087 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7088 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7089 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7090 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7091 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7092 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7095 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7096 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7097 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7099 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7101 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7102 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7107 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7108 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7110 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7112 struct bp_location *bl;
7114 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7116 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7117 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7118 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7119 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7120 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7121 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7125 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7126 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7127 initiated the operation. */
7130 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7132 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7133 int thread = tp->num;
7135 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7136 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7137 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7138 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7140 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7141 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7142 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7144 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7145 struct breakpoint *clone;
7147 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7148 after their removal. */
7149 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7150 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7151 clone->thread = thread;
7154 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7157 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7159 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7161 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7164 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7166 if (b->thread == thread)
7167 delete_breakpoint (b);
7172 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7174 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7177 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7179 if (b->thread == thread)
7180 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7184 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7185 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7186 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7190 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7192 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7195 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7197 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7199 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7200 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7201 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7203 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7205 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7208 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7209 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7210 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7211 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7217 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7218 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7221 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7222 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7226 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7228 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7231 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7233 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7235 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7236 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7237 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7238 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7241 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7243 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7245 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7246 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7247 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7249 delete_breakpoint (b);
7254 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7256 struct breakpoint *b;
7259 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7261 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7262 update_global_location_list (1);
7263 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7268 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7270 struct breakpoint *b;
7273 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7275 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7276 update_global_location_list (0);
7277 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7281 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7282 master breakpoint. */
7284 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7286 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7288 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7289 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7290 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7292 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7293 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7297 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7299 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7301 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7303 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7304 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7305 delete_breakpoint (b);
7309 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7311 struct breakpoint *b;
7313 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7314 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7316 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7317 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7319 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7321 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7327 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7329 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7331 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7332 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7333 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7334 delete_breakpoint (b);
7337 struct lang_and_radix
7343 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7346 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7348 struct breakpoint *b;
7350 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7351 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7352 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7356 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7359 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7361 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7364 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7365 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7366 delete_breakpoint (b);
7370 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7372 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7374 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7375 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7376 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7377 delete_breakpoint (b);
7381 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7383 struct breakpoint *b;
7385 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7386 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7387 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7391 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7392 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7395 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7397 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7399 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7401 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7402 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7404 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7405 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7406 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7407 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7408 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7409 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7410 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7411 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7412 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7413 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7414 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7416 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7418 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7422 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7427 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7428 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7432 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7434 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7435 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7437 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7438 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7439 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7440 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7441 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7442 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7445 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7447 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7448 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7450 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7451 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7452 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7453 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7454 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7455 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7456 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7457 || is_tracepoint (b))
7458 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7460 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7461 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7462 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7463 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7466 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7467 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7469 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7471 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7472 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7473 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7476 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7481 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7483 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7484 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7485 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7486 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7487 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7489 struct fork_catchpoint
7491 /* The base class. */
7492 struct breakpoint base;
7494 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7495 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7496 catchpoint has triggered. */
7497 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7500 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7504 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7506 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7509 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7513 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7515 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7518 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7522 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7523 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7524 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7526 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7528 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7531 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7535 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7538 static enum print_stop_action
7539 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7541 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7542 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7543 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7545 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7546 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7547 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7553 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7554 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7556 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7557 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7558 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7559 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7560 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7563 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7567 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7569 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7570 struct value_print_options opts;
7571 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7573 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7575 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7576 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7578 if (opts.addressprint)
7579 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7581 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7582 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7584 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7585 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7586 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7587 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7590 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7591 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7594 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7598 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7600 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7603 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7607 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7609 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7610 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7613 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7615 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7617 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7621 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7623 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7626 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7630 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7632 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7635 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7639 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7640 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7641 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7643 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7645 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7648 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7652 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7655 static enum print_stop_action
7656 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7658 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7659 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7660 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7662 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7663 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7664 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7666 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7667 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7669 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7670 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7671 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7673 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7674 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7675 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7676 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7677 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7680 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7684 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7686 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7687 struct value_print_options opts;
7688 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7690 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7691 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7692 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7694 if (opts.addressprint)
7695 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7697 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7698 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7700 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7701 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7702 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7703 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7706 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7707 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7710 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7714 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7716 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7719 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7723 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7725 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7726 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7729 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7731 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7733 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7734 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7735 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7736 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7737 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7739 struct solib_catchpoint
7741 /* The base class. */
7742 struct breakpoint base;
7744 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7745 unsigned char is_load;
7747 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7748 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7754 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7756 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7759 regfree (&self->compiled);
7760 xfree (self->regex);
7762 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7766 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7772 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7778 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7779 struct address_space *aspace,
7781 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7783 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7784 struct breakpoint *other;
7786 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7791 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7793 if (other == bl->owner)
7796 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7799 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7802 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7804 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7813 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7815 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7816 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7821 struct so_list *iter;
7824 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7829 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7838 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7843 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7849 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7852 static enum print_stop_action
7853 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7855 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7856 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7858 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7859 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7860 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7862 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7863 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7864 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7867 print_solib_event (1);
7868 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7872 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7874 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7875 struct value_print_options opts;
7876 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7879 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7880 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7881 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7883 if (opts.addressprint)
7886 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7893 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7895 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7900 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7902 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7904 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7907 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7909 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7913 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7915 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7917 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7918 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7922 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7924 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7927 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7928 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7930 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7934 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7936 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7937 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7938 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7939 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7940 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7941 created in an enabled state. */
7944 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7946 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7947 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7948 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7952 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7954 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7955 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7961 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7964 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7966 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7967 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7969 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7972 c->is_load = is_load;
7973 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7974 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7976 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7978 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7979 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7982 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7986 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7987 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7990 const int enabled = 1;
7992 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7994 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7998 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7999 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8001 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8005 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8006 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8008 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8011 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8012 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8013 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8014 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8015 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8017 struct syscall_catchpoint
8019 /* The base class. */
8020 struct breakpoint base;
8022 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8023 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8024 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8025 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8026 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8029 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8033 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8035 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8037 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8039 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8042 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8044 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8046 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8047 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8048 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8050 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8051 int any_syscall_count;
8053 /* Count of each system call. */
8054 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8056 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8057 if any catching is necessary. */
8058 int total_syscalls_count;
8061 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8062 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8064 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8066 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8067 if (inf_data == NULL)
8069 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8070 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8077 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8083 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8087 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8089 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8090 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8091 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8092 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8094 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8095 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8096 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8102 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8107 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8109 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8110 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8111 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8113 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8114 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8115 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8117 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8118 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8120 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8121 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8125 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8126 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8127 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8129 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8131 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8134 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8138 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8140 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8141 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8142 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8143 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8145 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8146 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8147 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8153 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8157 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8158 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8160 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8161 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8165 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8166 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8167 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8169 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8171 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8174 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8178 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8179 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8180 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8182 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8183 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8184 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8185 int syscall_number = 0;
8186 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8187 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8189 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8190 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8193 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8195 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8196 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8201 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8203 if (syscall_number == iter)
8213 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8216 static enum print_stop_action
8217 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8219 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8220 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8221 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8222 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8223 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8224 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8226 struct target_waitstatus last;
8229 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8231 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8233 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8235 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8236 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8238 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8239 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8241 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8242 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8243 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8244 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8245 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8247 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8249 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8250 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8252 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8254 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8255 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8257 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8259 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8261 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8264 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8268 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8269 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8271 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8272 struct value_print_options opts;
8273 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8275 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8276 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8277 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8279 if (opts.addressprint)
8280 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8283 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8284 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8285 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8287 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8289 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8292 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8295 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8300 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8303 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8305 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8307 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8308 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8312 /* Remove the last comma. */
8313 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8314 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8317 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8318 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8320 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8321 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8324 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8328 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8330 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8332 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8336 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8337 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8339 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8342 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8346 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8349 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8351 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8353 printf_filtered (")");
8356 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8360 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8364 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8366 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8368 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8370 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8375 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8380 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8382 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8387 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8390 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8392 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8394 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8397 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8399 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8402 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8403 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8404 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8405 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8408 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8409 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8411 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8413 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8416 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8418 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8420 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8421 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8425 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8427 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8428 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8429 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8430 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8433 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8436 update_global_location_list (1);
8440 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8441 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8442 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8444 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8446 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8448 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8450 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8453 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8455 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8456 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8457 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8458 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8459 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8461 struct exec_catchpoint
8463 /* The base class. */
8464 struct breakpoint base;
8466 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8467 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8469 char *exec_pathname;
8472 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8476 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8478 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8480 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8482 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8486 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8488 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8492 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8494 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8498 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8499 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8500 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8502 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8504 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8507 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8511 static enum print_stop_action
8512 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8514 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8515 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8516 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8518 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8519 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8522 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8523 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8525 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8526 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8527 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8529 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8530 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8531 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8532 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8534 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8538 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8540 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8541 struct value_print_options opts;
8542 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8544 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8546 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8547 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8548 is relatively readable). */
8549 if (opts.addressprint)
8550 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8552 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8553 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8555 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8556 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8560 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8561 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8565 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8567 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8570 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8574 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8577 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8580 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8583 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8584 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8586 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8587 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8589 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8590 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8591 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8593 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8597 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8600 struct breakpoint *b;
8601 struct bp_location *bl;
8605 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8606 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8608 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8610 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8617 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8621 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8624 struct bp_location *bl;
8626 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8629 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8631 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8633 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8639 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8640 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8641 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8642 types _not_ TYPE. */
8645 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8646 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8649 struct breakpoint *b;
8651 *other_type_used = 0;
8656 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8659 if (b->type == type)
8660 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8661 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8662 *other_type_used = 1;
8669 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8671 struct breakpoint *b;
8675 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8677 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8678 update_global_location_list (0);
8684 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8686 struct breakpoint *b;
8690 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8692 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8693 update_global_location_list (1);
8699 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8701 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8702 update_global_location_list (0);
8706 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8708 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8709 breakpoint_re_set ();
8713 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8714 at address specified by SAL.
8715 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8718 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8719 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8721 struct breakpoint *b;
8723 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8725 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8727 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8728 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8729 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8730 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8732 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8733 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8735 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8736 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8738 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8743 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8744 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8747 static struct breakpoint *
8748 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8750 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8752 struct breakpoint *copy;
8754 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8755 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8756 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8758 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8759 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8760 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8761 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8762 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8763 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8765 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8766 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8768 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8769 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8770 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8771 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8773 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8774 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8775 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8777 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8781 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8785 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8787 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8791 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8795 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8798 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8800 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8802 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8803 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8805 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8809 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8812 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8814 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8815 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8817 printf_filtered ("\n");
8821 static struct bp_location *
8822 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8823 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8825 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8826 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8827 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8829 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8830 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8832 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8833 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8834 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8835 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8836 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8837 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8838 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8841 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8842 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8846 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8847 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8848 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8849 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8850 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8851 loc->section = sal->section;
8852 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8854 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8855 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8856 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8858 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8859 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8864 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8865 return 0 otherwise. */
8868 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8872 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8873 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8874 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8877 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8879 addr = loc->address;
8880 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8882 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8886 target_mem = alloca (len);
8888 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8889 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8890 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8891 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8893 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8894 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8896 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8897 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8900 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8905 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8906 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8909 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8911 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8912 char *printf_line = NULL;
8917 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8919 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8921 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8923 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8925 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8926 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8928 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8929 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8930 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8932 if (!dprintf_function)
8933 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8935 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8936 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8941 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8945 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8947 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8948 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8951 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8952 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8956 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8957 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8959 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8960 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8962 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8964 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8966 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8967 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8968 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8969 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8970 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8971 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8974 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8975 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8976 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8977 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8978 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8979 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8981 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8985 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8986 current style settings. */
8989 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8990 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8992 struct breakpoint *b;
8996 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8997 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9001 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9002 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9003 as condition expression. */
9006 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9007 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9008 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9010 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9011 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9012 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9013 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9014 int display_canonical)
9018 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9020 int target_resources_ok;
9022 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9023 target_resources_ok =
9024 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9026 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9027 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9028 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9029 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9032 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9034 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9036 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9037 struct bp_location *loc;
9041 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9043 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9045 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9046 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9051 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9055 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9056 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9057 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9058 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9059 b->disposition = disposition;
9061 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9062 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9064 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9066 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9067 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9069 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9071 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9072 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9073 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9077 p = skip_spaces (p);
9079 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9081 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9082 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9084 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9086 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9088 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9090 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9091 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9093 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9095 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9098 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9099 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9106 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9107 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9111 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9112 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9116 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9117 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9118 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9120 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9123 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9124 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9125 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9127 if (b->extra_string)
9128 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9130 error (_("Format string required"));
9132 else if (b->extra_string)
9133 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9136 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9138 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9140 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9143 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9148 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9149 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9150 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9152 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9153 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9155 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9156 int display_canonical)
9158 struct breakpoint *b;
9159 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9161 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9163 struct tracepoint *t;
9165 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9169 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9171 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9173 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9175 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9177 thread, task, ignore_count,
9179 enabled, internal, flags,
9181 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9183 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9186 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9187 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9188 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9189 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9190 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9191 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9192 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9193 we take just a single condition string.
9195 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9196 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9197 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9198 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9199 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9202 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9203 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9204 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9205 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9206 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9207 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9208 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9211 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9213 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9214 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9216 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9218 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9219 'break', without arguments. */
9220 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9221 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9223 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9224 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9226 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9227 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9230 cond_string, extra_string,
9232 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9233 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9234 canonical->special_display);
9235 discard_cleanups (inner);
9239 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9240 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9241 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9242 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9244 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9245 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9248 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9249 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9251 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9253 if ((*address) == NULL
9254 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9256 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9258 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9260 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9261 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9264 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9265 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9266 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9268 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9269 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9270 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9271 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9272 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9273 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9275 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9277 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9278 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9279 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9280 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9281 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9283 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9285 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9286 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9287 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9289 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9292 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9296 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9298 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9299 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9300 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9301 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9303 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9304 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9305 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9307 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9308 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9309 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9310 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9311 get_last_displayed_line (),
9312 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9314 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9315 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9320 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9321 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9324 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9328 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9329 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9332 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9333 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9334 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9335 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9336 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9340 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9341 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9344 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9346 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9348 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9350 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9352 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9354 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9355 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9356 associated with SAL. */
9359 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9361 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9364 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9365 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9367 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9371 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9373 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9374 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9376 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9379 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9380 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9381 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9382 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9383 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9384 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9387 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9388 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9391 *cond_string = NULL;
9400 char *cond_start = NULL;
9401 char *cond_end = NULL;
9403 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9405 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9407 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9411 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9413 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9415 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9417 struct expression *expr;
9419 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9420 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9423 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9425 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9431 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9433 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9434 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9435 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9437 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9443 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9445 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9446 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9447 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9451 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9455 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9459 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9461 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9462 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9464 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9465 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9466 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9467 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9472 p = skip_spaces (p);
9474 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9476 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9477 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9479 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9480 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9481 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9483 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9484 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9486 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9488 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9490 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9492 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9494 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9495 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9497 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9500 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9506 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9507 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9508 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9509 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9510 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9511 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9512 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9513 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9514 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9518 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9519 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9520 int thread, char *extra_string,
9521 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9522 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9524 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9525 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9526 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9529 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9530 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9531 char *addr_start = arg;
9532 struct linespec_result canonical;
9533 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9534 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9537 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9539 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9541 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9543 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9545 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9546 addr_start, ©_arg);
9549 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9553 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9559 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9561 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9564 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9565 throw_exception (e);
9567 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9569 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9570 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9571 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9572 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9573 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9576 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9577 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9578 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9579 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9581 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9583 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9584 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9585 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9586 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9587 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9589 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9593 throw_exception (e);
9597 throw_exception (e);
9600 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9601 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9603 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9604 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9605 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9606 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9607 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9609 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9610 are ok for the target. */
9614 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9616 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9617 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9620 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9621 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9624 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9626 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9627 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9630 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9631 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9635 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9637 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9639 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9642 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9643 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9644 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9645 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9647 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9648 &thread, &task, &rest);
9650 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9652 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9654 extra_string = rest;
9658 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9661 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9662 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9664 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9667 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9668 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9672 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9673 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9674 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9675 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9676 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9680 struct breakpoint *b;
9682 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9684 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9686 struct tracepoint *t;
9688 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9692 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9694 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9696 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9697 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9698 b->cond_string = NULL;
9701 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9704 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9705 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9707 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9709 b->extra_string = NULL;
9710 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9711 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9712 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9713 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9714 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9715 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9716 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9718 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9721 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9723 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9724 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9725 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9728 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9730 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9731 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9732 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9734 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9735 update_global_location_list (1);
9740 /* Set a breakpoint.
9741 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9742 condition, and thread.
9743 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9744 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9748 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9750 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9751 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9752 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9754 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9755 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9757 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9758 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9759 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9761 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9763 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9765 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9766 tempflag, type_wanted,
9767 0 /* Ignore count */,
9768 pending_break_support,
9776 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9779 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9783 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9785 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9786 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9787 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9790 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9791 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9792 if (sal->explicit_line)
9793 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9796 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9798 struct blockvector *bv;
9802 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9805 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9808 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9809 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9813 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9814 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9815 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9816 happen in assembly source). */
9818 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9819 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9821 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9823 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9825 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9827 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9834 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9836 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9840 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9842 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9846 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9848 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9852 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9854 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9858 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9860 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9861 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9862 stop at <line>\n"));
9866 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9870 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9872 else if (*arg != '*')
9877 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9878 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9879 function/method name. */
9880 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9882 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9887 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9889 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9893 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9895 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9899 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9903 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9910 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9911 it is probably a line number. */
9912 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9914 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9919 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9921 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9925 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9927 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9930 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9931 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9932 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9936 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9938 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9940 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9942 0 /* Ignore count */,
9943 pending_break_support,
9944 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9952 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9954 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9957 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9958 ranged breakpoints. */
9961 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9962 struct address_space *aspace,
9964 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9966 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9967 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9970 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9971 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9974 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9975 ranged breakpoints. */
9978 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9980 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9983 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9984 ranged breakpoints. */
9986 static enum print_stop_action
9987 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9989 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9990 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9991 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9993 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9995 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9996 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9998 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9999 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10000 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10006 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10007 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10009 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10010 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10012 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10015 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10016 ranged breakpoints. */
10019 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10020 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10022 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10023 struct value_print_options opts;
10024 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10026 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10027 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10029 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10031 if (opts.addressprint)
10032 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10033 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10034 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10035 annotate_field (5);
10036 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10040 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10041 ranged breakpoints. */
10044 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10045 struct ui_out *uiout)
10047 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10048 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10049 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10050 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10054 address_start = bl->address;
10055 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10057 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10058 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10059 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10060 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10061 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10064 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10067 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10068 ranged breakpoints. */
10071 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10073 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10074 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10077 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10079 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10082 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10083 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10084 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10087 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10088 ranged breakpoints. */
10091 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10093 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10094 b->addr_string_range_end);
10095 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10098 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10100 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10102 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10103 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10104 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10105 last instruction of the given line. */
10108 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10112 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10113 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10114 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10121 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10123 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10125 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10132 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10135 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10137 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10138 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10139 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10141 struct breakpoint *b;
10142 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10143 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10144 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10146 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10147 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10148 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10150 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10151 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10152 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10154 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10155 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10157 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10158 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10159 error(_("No address range specified."));
10161 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10164 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10166 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10169 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10170 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10171 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10173 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10175 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10176 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10177 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10179 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10180 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10181 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10183 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10184 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10186 /* Parse the end location. */
10188 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10191 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10192 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10193 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10194 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10195 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10196 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10197 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10198 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10200 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10202 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10203 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10205 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10206 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10207 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10208 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10210 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10211 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10212 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10214 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10215 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10216 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10218 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10220 /* Length overflowed. */
10221 error (_("Address range too large."));
10222 else if (length == 1)
10224 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10225 the `hbreak' command. */
10226 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10228 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10233 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10234 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10235 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10236 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10237 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10238 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10239 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10240 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10241 b->loc->length = length;
10243 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10246 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10247 update_global_location_list (1);
10250 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10251 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10252 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10256 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10258 int i = exp->nelts;
10264 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10265 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10268 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10278 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10279 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10280 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10281 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10282 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10284 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10312 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10315 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10316 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10321 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10322 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10323 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10324 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10325 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10326 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10327 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10329 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10330 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10335 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10337 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10338 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10339 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10340 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10342 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10343 are always constant. */
10345 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10347 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10348 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10349 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10354 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10355 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10356 then it is not a constant. */
10365 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10368 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10370 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10372 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10374 xfree (w->exp_string);
10375 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10376 value_free (w->val);
10378 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10381 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10384 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10386 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10388 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10389 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10391 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10392 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10393 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10394 are loaded and unloaded.
10396 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10397 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10398 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10399 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10400 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10401 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10403 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10404 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10405 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10406 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10408 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10409 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10411 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10412 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10413 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10416 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10419 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10421 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10422 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10424 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10428 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10431 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10433 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10434 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10436 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10441 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10442 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10443 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10445 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10446 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10448 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10449 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10450 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10451 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10452 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10453 (did not match the data address). */
10454 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10455 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10462 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10464 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10466 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10469 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10470 hardware watchpoints. */
10473 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10475 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10476 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10478 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10481 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10482 hardware watchpoints. */
10485 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10487 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10488 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10491 static enum print_stop_action
10492 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10494 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10495 struct breakpoint *b;
10496 const struct bp_location *bl;
10497 struct ui_file *stb;
10498 enum print_stop_action result;
10499 struct watchpoint *w;
10500 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10502 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10504 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10505 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10506 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10508 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10509 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10513 case bp_watchpoint:
10514 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10515 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10516 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10517 ui_out_field_string
10519 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10521 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10522 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10523 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10524 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10525 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10526 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10527 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10528 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10529 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10530 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10533 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10534 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10535 ui_out_field_string
10537 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10539 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10541 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10542 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10543 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10544 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10547 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10548 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10550 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10552 ui_out_field_string
10554 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10556 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10558 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10559 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10560 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10565 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10566 ui_out_field_string
10568 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10569 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10570 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10572 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10573 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10574 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10575 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10578 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10581 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10585 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10589 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10591 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10592 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10593 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10597 case bp_watchpoint:
10598 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10599 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10601 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10602 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10603 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10605 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10606 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10607 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10609 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10610 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10611 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10614 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10615 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10618 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10619 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10620 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10621 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10624 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10628 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10630 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10634 case bp_watchpoint:
10635 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10636 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10638 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10641 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10645 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10646 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10649 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10650 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10653 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10655 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10657 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10658 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10661 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10663 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10665 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10666 bl->watchpoint_type);
10669 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10670 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10673 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10675 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10677 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10678 bl->watchpoint_type);
10681 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10682 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10685 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10687 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10689 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10692 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10693 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10696 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10701 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10702 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10704 static enum print_stop_action
10705 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10707 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10708 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10710 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10711 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10715 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10716 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10718 ui_out_field_string
10720 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10723 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10724 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10725 ui_out_field_string
10727 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10730 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10731 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10732 ui_out_field_string
10734 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10737 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10738 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10742 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10743 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10744 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10745 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10747 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10748 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10751 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10752 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10755 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10756 struct ui_out *uiout)
10758 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10760 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10761 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10763 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10764 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10765 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10768 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10769 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10772 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10774 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10775 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10776 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10780 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10781 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10782 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10784 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10785 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10786 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10788 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10789 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10790 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10793 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10794 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10797 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10798 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10799 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10800 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10803 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10804 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10807 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10809 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10814 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10817 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10820 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10824 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10825 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10828 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10830 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10833 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10835 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10837 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10840 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10842 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10845 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10846 hw_read: watch read,
10847 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10849 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10850 int just_location, int internal)
10852 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10853 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10854 struct expression *exp;
10855 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10856 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10857 struct frame_info *frame;
10858 char *exp_start = NULL;
10859 char *exp_end = NULL;
10860 char *tok, *end_tok;
10862 char *cond_start = NULL;
10863 char *cond_end = NULL;
10864 enum bptype bp_type;
10867 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10868 the hardware watchpoint. */
10870 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10871 struct watchpoint *w;
10873 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10874 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10878 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10879 of the arguments string. */
10880 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10882 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10883 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10886 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10887 This is the value of the parameter. */
10888 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10890 value_start = tok + 1;
10892 /* Skip whitespace. */
10893 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10898 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10899 This is the parameter itself. */
10900 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10903 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10905 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10907 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10908 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10909 only in a specific thread. */
10913 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10915 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10916 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10918 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10920 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10921 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10923 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10924 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10925 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10927 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10929 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10930 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10932 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10935 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10937 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10939 mark = value_mark ();
10940 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10941 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10942 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10945 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10948 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10949 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10954 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10955 innermost_block = NULL;
10957 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10959 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10960 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10962 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10965 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10966 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10970 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10971 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10973 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10976 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10977 mark = value_mark ();
10978 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10984 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10985 val = value_addr (result);
10986 release_value (val);
10987 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10991 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10994 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10995 else if (ret == -2)
10996 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10999 else if (val != NULL)
11000 release_value (val);
11002 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
11003 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
11005 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11006 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11008 struct expression *cond;
11010 innermost_block = NULL;
11011 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11012 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11014 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11015 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11016 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11022 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11024 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11025 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11026 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11027 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11029 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11031 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11033 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11034 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11035 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11036 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11037 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11039 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11042 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11043 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11044 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11045 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11047 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11049 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11050 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11052 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11053 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11055 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11056 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11057 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11058 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11059 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11060 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11061 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11062 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11063 scope_breakpoint->type);
11067 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11069 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11072 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11073 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11075 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11076 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11077 b->thread = thread;
11078 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11079 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11081 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11082 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11085 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11086 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11089 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11090 name = type_to_string (t);
11092 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11093 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11096 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11097 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11099 /* The above expression is in C. */
11100 b->language = language_c;
11103 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11107 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11116 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11118 b->cond_string = 0;
11122 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11123 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11127 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11128 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11131 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11133 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11134 need to act on them together. */
11135 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11136 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11139 if (!just_location)
11140 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11142 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11144 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11145 that should be inserted. */
11146 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11150 delete_breakpoint (b);
11151 throw_exception (e);
11154 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11157 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11158 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11161 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11163 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11164 struct value *head = v;
11166 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11167 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11170 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11171 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11172 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11173 hardware watchpoint.
11175 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11176 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11177 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11178 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11179 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11180 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11181 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11182 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11183 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11185 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11186 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11187 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11188 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11189 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11191 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11193 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11194 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11195 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11196 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11197 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11198 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11202 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11203 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11204 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11206 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11207 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11208 middle of some value chain. */
11210 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11211 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11213 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11217 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11218 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11219 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11221 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11225 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11229 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11230 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11231 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11232 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11233 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11236 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11237 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11238 return found_memory_cnt;
11242 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11244 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11247 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11248 calls watch_command_1. */
11251 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11253 int just_location = 0;
11256 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11257 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11259 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11263 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11267 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11269 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11273 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11275 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11279 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11281 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11285 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11287 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11291 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11293 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11297 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11298 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11300 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11302 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11303 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11307 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11308 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11309 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11312 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11314 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11316 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11317 if (a->breakpoint2)
11318 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11319 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11323 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11325 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11326 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11327 struct frame_info *frame;
11328 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11329 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11330 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11331 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11332 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11333 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11335 struct thread_info *tp;
11337 clear_proceed_status ();
11339 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11342 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11343 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11344 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11345 get_last_displayed_line ());
11347 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11348 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11350 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11351 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11353 sal = sals.sals[0];
11354 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11357 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11359 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11361 tp = inferior_thread ();
11364 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11366 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11367 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11368 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11371 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11372 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11373 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11374 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11376 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11379 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11381 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11383 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11384 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11385 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11389 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11391 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11392 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11395 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11399 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11400 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11401 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11402 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11404 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11405 only at the very same frame. */
11406 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11407 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11408 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11410 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11412 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11413 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11414 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11415 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11417 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11419 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11420 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11422 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11423 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11424 args->thread_num = thread;
11426 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11427 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11428 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11432 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11435 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11436 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11438 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11439 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11440 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11441 if clause in the arg string. */
11444 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11448 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11451 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11454 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11455 condition string. */
11456 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11457 cond_string = *arg;
11459 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11461 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11463 return cond_string;
11466 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11467 process start/exit, etc. */
11471 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11472 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11477 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11478 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11480 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11481 char *cond_string = NULL;
11482 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11485 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11486 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11487 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11491 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11493 /* The allowed syntax is:
11495 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11497 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11498 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11500 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11501 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11503 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11504 and enable reporting of such events. */
11507 case catch_fork_temporary:
11508 case catch_fork_permanent:
11509 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11510 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11512 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11513 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11514 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11515 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11518 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11524 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11525 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11527 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11528 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11530 char *cond_string = NULL;
11532 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11536 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11538 /* The allowed syntax is:
11540 catch exec if <cond>
11542 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11543 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11545 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11546 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11548 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11549 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11550 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11551 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11553 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11556 static enum print_stop_action
11557 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11559 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11560 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11561 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11563 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11565 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11566 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11567 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11570 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11571 ui_out_text (uiout,
11572 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11574 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11575 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11576 ui_out_text (uiout,
11577 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11578 : " (exception caught), ");
11579 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11581 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11582 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11584 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11586 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11590 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11591 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11593 struct value_print_options opts;
11594 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11596 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11597 if (opts.addressprint)
11599 annotate_field (4);
11600 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11601 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11603 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11604 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11606 annotate_field (5);
11608 *last_loc = b->loc;
11609 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11611 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11612 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11613 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11618 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11619 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11624 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11626 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11630 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11631 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11632 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11633 : _("Catchpoint "));
11634 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11635 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11639 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11640 catch catchpoints. */
11643 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11644 struct ui_file *fp)
11649 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11650 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11653 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11656 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11659 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11660 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11662 char *trigger_func_name;
11664 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11665 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11667 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11669 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11670 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11671 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11672 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11674 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11675 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11683 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11686 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11687 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11689 char *cond_string = NULL;
11693 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11695 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11697 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11698 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11700 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11701 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11702 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11704 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11707 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11710 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11713 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11715 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11717 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11720 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11723 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11725 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11727 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11731 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11732 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11733 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11735 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11741 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11743 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11745 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11746 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11747 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11748 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11749 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11750 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11751 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11752 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11753 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11754 enough for now, though. */
11757 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11759 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11760 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11761 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11762 b->language = language_ada;
11765 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11766 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11768 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11770 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11771 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11773 while (*arg != '\0')
11775 int i, syscall_number;
11777 char cur_name[128];
11780 /* Skip whitespace. */
11781 while (isspace (*arg))
11784 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11785 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11786 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11789 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11790 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11791 if (*endptr == '\0')
11792 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11795 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11797 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11799 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11800 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11801 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11802 syscall number to be caught. */
11803 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11806 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11807 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11810 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11814 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11817 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11818 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11823 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11825 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11826 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11827 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11828 this architecture yet."));
11830 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11832 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11834 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11835 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11836 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11837 for his/her architecture. */
11838 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11840 /* The allowed syntax is:
11842 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11844 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11847 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11851 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11852 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11856 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11858 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11863 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11865 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11868 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11871 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11873 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11874 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11875 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11876 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11878 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11880 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11883 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11887 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11890 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11893 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11895 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11896 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11899 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11900 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11902 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11906 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11907 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11908 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11909 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11914 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11915 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11916 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11917 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11919 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11920 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11921 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11922 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11923 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11924 error (_("No source file specified."));
11926 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11932 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11933 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11934 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11935 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11937 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11938 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11939 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11940 due to optimization, all in one block.
11942 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11943 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11944 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11945 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11946 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11947 to support that. */
11949 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11950 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11951 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11955 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11956 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11960 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11961 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11962 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11965 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11970 1 0 <can't happen> */
11972 sal = sals.sals[i];
11973 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11975 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11979 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11980 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11982 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11983 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11985 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11986 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11987 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11989 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11990 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11991 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11992 || loc->section == sal.section));
11993 int line_match = 0;
11995 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11996 && loc->source_file != NULL
11997 && sal.symtab != NULL
11998 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11999 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
12001 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
12002 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
12004 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
12005 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
12006 sal.symtab->filename))
12010 if (pc_match || line_match)
12019 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12023 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12024 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12027 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12029 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12032 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12033 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12034 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12035 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12036 compare_breakpoints);
12037 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12038 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12042 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12047 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12048 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12051 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12052 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12054 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12056 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
12058 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12061 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12062 delete_breakpoint (b);
12065 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12067 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12070 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12071 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12072 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12075 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12077 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12079 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12080 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12081 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12083 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12087 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12088 delete_breakpoint (b);
12092 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12093 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12094 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12095 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12096 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12097 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12100 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12102 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12103 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12104 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12105 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12106 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12108 if (a->address != b->address)
12109 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12111 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12112 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12115 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12116 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12117 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12119 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12120 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12121 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12123 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12124 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12125 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12127 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12128 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12129 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12131 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12134 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12135 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12136 content of the bp_location array. */
12139 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12141 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12143 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12144 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12146 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12148 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12150 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12153 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12154 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12156 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12157 addr = bl->address - start;
12158 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12159 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12161 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12163 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12164 addr = end - bl->address;
12165 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12166 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12170 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12173 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12175 struct breakpoint *b;
12176 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12178 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12181 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12183 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12185 struct bp_location *bl;
12186 struct tracepoint *t;
12187 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12189 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12190 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12191 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12194 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12196 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12197 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12198 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12199 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12202 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12204 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12207 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12209 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12210 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12211 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12212 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12215 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12218 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12221 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12223 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12224 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12225 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12226 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12228 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12229 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12230 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12231 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12232 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12234 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12235 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12236 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12237 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12238 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12239 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12240 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12241 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12244 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12245 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12246 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12250 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12252 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12253 struct bp_location *loc;
12254 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12257 address = bl->address;
12258 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12260 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12261 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12262 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12264 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12265 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12268 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12269 the same program space as the location
12270 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12271 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12272 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12276 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12277 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12280 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12281 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12282 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12283 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12284 that have already been marked. */
12285 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12287 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12289 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12291 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12292 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12297 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12298 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12299 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12300 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12301 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12302 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12303 returns true on them.
12305 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12306 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12307 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12308 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12309 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12310 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12313 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12315 struct breakpoint *b;
12316 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12317 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12318 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12319 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12320 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12321 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12323 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12324 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12325 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12326 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12327 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12329 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12330 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12331 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12332 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12334 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12335 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12336 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12337 unsigned old_location_count;
12339 old_location = bp_location;
12340 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12341 bp_location = NULL;
12342 bp_location_count = 0;
12343 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12346 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12347 bp_location_count++;
12349 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12350 locp = bp_location;
12351 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12352 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12354 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12355 bp_location_compare);
12357 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12359 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12360 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12361 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12362 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12363 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12366 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12367 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12369 locp = bp_location;
12370 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12373 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12374 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12376 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12377 not, we have to free it. */
12378 int found_object = 0;
12379 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12380 int keep_in_target = 0;
12383 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12384 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12385 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12386 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12390 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12391 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12394 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12395 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12396 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12398 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12399 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12400 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12402 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12403 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12406 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12410 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12411 have to go through updates again. */
12412 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12414 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12416 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12418 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12419 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12420 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12421 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12422 at certain location is not inserted. */
12424 if (old_loc->inserted)
12426 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12429 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12431 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12432 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12433 keep_in_target = 1;
12437 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12438 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12439 remove its target-side condition. */
12441 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12442 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12443 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12444 this one from the target. */
12446 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12447 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12450 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12451 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12454 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12456 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12458 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12459 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12460 supported, but the latter are. */
12461 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12463 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12464 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12467 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12468 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12470 if (loc2 != old_loc
12471 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12473 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12474 keep_in_target = 1;
12482 if (!keep_in_target)
12484 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12486 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12487 this location on the global list, and try to
12488 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12489 reason why we will succeed next time.
12491 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12492 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12493 only after calling us. */
12494 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12495 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12496 old_loc->owner->number);
12504 if (removed && non_stop
12505 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12506 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12508 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12509 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12510 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12511 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12512 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12513 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12514 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12515 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12516 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12517 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12518 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12519 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12520 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12521 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12524 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12525 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12527 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12528 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12529 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12530 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12531 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12532 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12533 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12534 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12535 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12536 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12537 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12538 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12539 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12542 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12543 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12544 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12545 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12547 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12548 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12549 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12550 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12551 traps we can no longer explain. */
12553 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12554 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12556 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12560 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12561 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12566 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12567 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12568 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12569 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12570 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12571 are sorted first for the same address.
12573 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12574 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12576 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12577 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12578 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12579 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12580 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12582 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12584 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12587 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12588 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12589 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12590 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12591 `struct bp_location'. */
12592 || is_tracepoint (b))
12594 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12595 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12599 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12600 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12601 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12602 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12603 "actually inserted"));
12605 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12606 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12607 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12608 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12609 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12610 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12612 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12614 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12615 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12616 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12618 *loc_first_p = loc;
12619 loc->duplicate = 0;
12621 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12623 loc->needs_update = 1;
12624 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12625 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12631 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12632 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12633 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12635 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12636 loc->duplicate = 1;
12638 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12639 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12641 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12642 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12643 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12644 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12645 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12648 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12649 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12650 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12653 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12656 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12657 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12658 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12660 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12665 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12667 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12671 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12673 struct bp_location *loc;
12676 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12677 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12679 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12680 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12686 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12688 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12690 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12691 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12694 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12697 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12701 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12702 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12704 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12705 bs->old_val = NULL;
12706 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12710 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12712 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12714 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12716 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12720 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12724 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12726 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12727 struct value_print_options opts;
12729 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12731 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12733 if (b->loc == NULL)
12735 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12739 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12741 printf_filtered (" at ");
12742 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12745 if (b->loc->source_file)
12747 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12749 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12750 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12751 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12753 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12754 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12755 real situation somewhat. */
12756 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12761 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12763 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12765 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12770 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12773 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12775 xfree (self->cond);
12776 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12777 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12778 xfree (self->function_name);
12779 xfree (self->source_file);
12782 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12787 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12791 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12793 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12794 xfree (self->cond_string);
12795 xfree (self->addr_string);
12796 xfree (self->filter);
12797 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12800 static struct bp_location *
12801 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12803 struct bp_location *loc;
12805 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12806 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12811 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12813 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12816 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12817 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12820 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12822 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12826 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12828 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12832 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12833 struct address_space *aspace,
12835 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12837 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12841 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12846 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12850 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12852 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12855 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12859 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12864 static enum print_stop_action
12865 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12867 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12871 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12872 struct ui_out *uiout)
12878 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12880 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12884 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12886 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12890 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12891 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12892 enum bptype type_wanted,
12896 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12900 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12901 struct linespec_result *c,
12902 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12904 char *extra_string,
12905 enum bptype type_wanted,
12906 enum bpdisp disposition,
12908 int task, int ignore_count,
12909 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12910 int from_tty, int enabled,
12911 int internal, unsigned flags)
12913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12917 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12918 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12920 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12923 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12925 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12926 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12928 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12931 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12933 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12934 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12935 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12936 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12937 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12938 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12939 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12940 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12941 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12942 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12944 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12945 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12946 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12947 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12948 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12949 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12950 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12953 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12956 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12958 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12959 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12961 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12962 delete_breakpoint (b);
12966 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12970 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12972 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12973 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12976 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12981 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12983 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12984 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12986 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12990 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12991 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12992 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12994 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12996 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12997 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13000 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13004 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13005 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13006 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13013 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13015 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13020 static enum print_stop_action
13021 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13023 struct breakpoint *b;
13024 const struct bp_location *bl;
13026 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13028 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13030 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13031 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13033 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13034 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13035 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13038 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13040 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13043 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13045 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13046 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13047 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13050 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13052 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13056 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13058 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13063 case bp_breakpoint:
13064 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13065 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13066 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13068 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13069 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13070 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13071 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13073 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13074 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13077 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13085 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13087 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13089 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13091 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13092 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13093 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13094 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13098 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13101 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13105 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13106 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13107 enum bptype type_wanted,
13108 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13110 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13111 addr_start, copy_arg);
13115 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13116 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13117 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13119 char *extra_string,
13120 enum bptype type_wanted,
13121 enum bpdisp disposition,
13123 int task, int ignore_count,
13124 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13125 int from_tty, int enabled,
13126 int internal, unsigned flags)
13128 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13129 cond_string, extra_string,
13131 disposition, thread, task,
13132 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13133 enabled, internal, flags);
13137 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13138 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13140 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13143 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13146 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13150 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13151 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13152 case bp_overlay_event:
13153 case bp_longjmp_master:
13154 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13155 case bp_exception_master:
13156 delete_breakpoint (b);
13159 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13160 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13161 case bp_shlib_event:
13163 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13164 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13165 case bp_thread_event:
13171 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13173 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13175 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13176 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13177 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13178 objects (among other things). */
13179 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13180 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13186 static enum print_stop_action
13187 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13189 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13190 struct breakpoint *b;
13192 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13196 case bp_shlib_event:
13197 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13198 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13199 to shlib event" message.) */
13200 print_solib_event (0);
13203 case bp_thread_event:
13204 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13205 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13206 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13209 case bp_overlay_event:
13210 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13211 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13214 case bp_longjmp_master:
13215 /* These should never be enabled. */
13216 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13219 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13220 /* These should never be enabled. */
13221 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13222 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13225 case bp_exception_master:
13226 /* These should never be enabled. */
13227 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13228 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13232 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13236 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13238 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13241 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13244 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13246 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13247 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13248 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13249 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13253 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13255 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13258 static enum print_stop_action
13259 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13261 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13263 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13265 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13270 ui_out_field_string
13272 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13276 ui_out_field_string
13278 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13283 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13287 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13289 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13292 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13294 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13295 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13298 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13300 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13303 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13305 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13308 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13311 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13313 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13317 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13319 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13326 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13328 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13329 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13331 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13335 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13336 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13337 enum bptype type_wanted,
13338 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13340 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13342 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13344 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13345 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13347 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13351 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13352 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13354 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13356 error (_("probe not found"));
13359 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13362 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13364 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13368 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13369 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13370 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13372 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13378 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13379 struct ui_out *uiout)
13381 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13382 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13384 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13386 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13387 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13388 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13389 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13394 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13396 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13401 case bp_tracepoint:
13402 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13403 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13405 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13406 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13407 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13409 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13410 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13411 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13414 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13415 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13422 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13424 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13426 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13427 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13428 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13430 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13433 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13434 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13437 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13439 if (tp->pass_count)
13440 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13444 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13445 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13446 enum bptype type_wanted,
13447 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13449 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13450 addr_start, copy_arg);
13454 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13455 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13456 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13458 char *extra_string,
13459 enum bptype type_wanted,
13460 enum bpdisp disposition,
13462 int task, int ignore_count,
13463 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13464 int from_tty, int enabled,
13465 int internal, unsigned flags)
13467 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13468 cond_string, extra_string,
13470 disposition, thread, task,
13471 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13472 enabled, internal, flags);
13476 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13477 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13479 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13482 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13484 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13488 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13489 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13490 enum bptype type_wanted,
13491 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13493 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13494 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13495 addr_start, copy_arg);
13499 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13500 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13502 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13503 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13506 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13508 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13512 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13513 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13514 enum bptype type_wanted,
13515 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13517 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13519 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13521 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13523 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13524 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13525 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13529 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13530 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13531 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13533 char *extra_string,
13534 enum bptype type_wanted,
13535 enum bpdisp disposition,
13537 int task, int ignore_count,
13538 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13539 int from_tty, int enabled,
13540 int internal, unsigned flags)
13544 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13545 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13546 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13547 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13548 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13549 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13551 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13553 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13554 struct tracepoint *tp;
13555 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13558 expanded.nelts = 1;
13559 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13561 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13562 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13564 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13565 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13567 cond_string, extra_string,
13568 type_wanted, disposition,
13569 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13570 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13571 canonical->special_display);
13572 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13573 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13574 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13575 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13576 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13577 corresponds to this one */
13578 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13580 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13582 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13587 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13588 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13590 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13592 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13593 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13595 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13599 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13602 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13605 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13607 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13610 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13614 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13616 struct breakpoint *b;
13618 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13620 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13621 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13624 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13625 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13626 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13627 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13628 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13631 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13632 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13633 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13634 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13636 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13639 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13640 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13641 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13643 struct breakpoint *related;
13644 struct watchpoint *w;
13646 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13647 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13648 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13649 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13653 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13655 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13656 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13657 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13658 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13659 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13662 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13663 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13664 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13665 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13667 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13669 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13670 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13672 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13673 if (b->next == bpt)
13675 b->next = bpt->next;
13679 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13681 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13682 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13683 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13684 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13685 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13686 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13687 commands won't work. */
13689 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13691 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13692 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13693 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13694 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13695 might be better design to have location completely
13696 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13697 update_global_location_list (0);
13699 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13700 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13701 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13702 bpt->type = bp_none;
13707 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13709 delete_breakpoint (b);
13713 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13715 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13718 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13719 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13722 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13723 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13727 struct breakpoint *related;
13732 struct breakpoint *next;
13734 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13735 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13737 if (next == related)
13739 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13740 function (related, data);
13742 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13743 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13748 function (related, data);
13752 while (related != b);
13756 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13758 delete_breakpoint (b);
13761 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13762 delete_breakpoint. */
13765 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13767 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13771 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13773 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13779 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13781 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13782 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13783 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13785 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13787 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13791 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13793 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13796 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13797 delete_breakpoint (b);
13801 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13805 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13807 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13808 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13809 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13814 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13815 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13816 Null names are ignored. */
13819 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13821 struct bp_location *l;
13822 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13823 (int (*) (const void *,
13824 const void *)) streq,
13825 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13827 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13830 const char *name = l->function_name;
13832 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13836 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13838 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13842 htab_delete (htab);
13848 htab_delete (htab);
13852 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13853 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13854 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13855 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13856 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13857 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13858 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13859 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13862 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13863 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13864 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13865 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13866 in the sources, and output a warning.
13868 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13869 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13870 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13871 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13872 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13875 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13876 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13877 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13878 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13879 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13880 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13881 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13882 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13883 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13885 static struct symtab_and_line
13886 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13888 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13889 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13894 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13896 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13898 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13899 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13901 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13903 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13904 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13905 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13910 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13912 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13914 && sal.symtab != NULL
13915 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13917 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13920 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13922 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13924 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13925 struct symbol *sym;
13926 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13927 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13929 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13931 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13932 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13934 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13935 "found at previous line number"),
13936 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13940 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13942 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13943 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13944 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13947 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13948 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13949 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13951 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13952 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13954 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13956 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13958 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13961 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13962 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13964 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13966 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13968 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13970 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13972 xfree (b->addr_string);
13973 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13974 sal2.symtab->filename,
13975 b->loc->line_number);
13977 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13980 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13986 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13987 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13990 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13994 if (a->address != b->address)
13997 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14000 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14007 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14013 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14014 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14015 a ranged breakpoint. */
14018 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14019 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14020 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14023 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14025 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14027 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14029 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14030 update_global_location_list (1);
14031 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14032 "multiple locations found\n"),
14037 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14038 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14039 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14040 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14041 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14042 individual locations. */
14043 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14048 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14050 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14052 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14054 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14056 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14058 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14061 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14063 s = b->cond_string;
14064 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14066 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14067 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14072 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14073 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14074 b->number, e.message);
14075 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14079 if (sals_end.nelts)
14081 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14083 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14087 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14088 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14089 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14091 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14094 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14095 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14096 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14097 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14098 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14099 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14100 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14102 for (; e; e = e->next)
14104 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14106 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14107 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14109 for (; l; l = l->next)
14110 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14118 for (; l; l = l->next)
14119 if (l->function_name
14120 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14130 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14131 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14133 update_global_location_list (1);
14136 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14137 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14139 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14140 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14143 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14144 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14146 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14149 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14151 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14155 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14156 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14157 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14158 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14159 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14160 state, then user already saw the message about that
14161 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14163 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14164 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14165 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14166 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14167 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14168 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14170 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14172 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14173 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14174 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14175 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14176 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14177 which approach is better. */
14178 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14179 throw_exception (e);
14183 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14187 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14188 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14189 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14191 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14194 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14195 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14198 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14199 b->thread = thread;
14202 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14203 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14206 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14207 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14217 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14218 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14222 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14225 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14226 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14227 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14229 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14232 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14236 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14238 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14241 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14242 expanded_end = sals_end;
14246 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14249 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14250 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14253 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14254 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14255 enum bptype type_wanted,
14256 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14258 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14261 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14262 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14266 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14267 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14268 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14270 char *extra_string,
14271 enum bptype type_wanted,
14272 enum bpdisp disposition,
14274 int task, int ignore_count,
14275 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14276 int from_tty, int enabled,
14277 int internal, unsigned flags)
14279 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14281 type_wanted, disposition,
14282 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14283 enabled, internal, flags);
14286 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14287 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14290 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14291 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14293 struct linespec_result canonical;
14295 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14296 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14297 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14298 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14301 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14302 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14304 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14306 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14308 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14309 *sals = lsal->sals;
14310 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14312 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14315 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14318 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14320 static struct cleanup *
14321 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14323 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14325 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14326 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14327 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14328 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14329 set_language (b->language);
14334 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14335 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14336 Unused in this case. */
14339 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14341 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14342 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14343 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14345 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14346 b->ops->re_set (b);
14347 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14351 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14353 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14355 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14356 enum language save_language;
14357 int save_input_radix;
14358 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14360 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14361 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14362 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14366 /* Format possible error msg. */
14367 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14369 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14370 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14371 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14373 set_language (save_language);
14374 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14376 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14378 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14380 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14381 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14382 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14383 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14386 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14388 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14389 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14391 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14393 if (b->thread != -1)
14395 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14396 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14398 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14399 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14400 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14402 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14406 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14407 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14408 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14411 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14413 struct breakpoint *b;
14418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14419 if (b->number == bptnum)
14421 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14423 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14424 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14429 b->ignore_count = count;
14433 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14434 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14436 else if (count == 1)
14437 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14440 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14441 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14444 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14445 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14449 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14452 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14455 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14461 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14463 num = get_number (&p);
14465 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14467 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14469 set_ignore_count (num,
14470 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14473 printf_filtered ("\n");
14476 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14477 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14480 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14485 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14487 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14490 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14492 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14494 while (!state.finished)
14496 char *p = state.string;
14500 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14503 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14507 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14508 if (b->number == num)
14511 function (b, data);
14515 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14520 static struct bp_location *
14521 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14523 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14527 struct breakpoint *b;
14528 struct bp_location *loc;
14533 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14535 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14537 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14538 if (b->number == bp_num)
14543 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14544 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14547 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14549 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14553 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14556 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14562 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14563 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14564 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14567 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14569 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14570 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14571 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14572 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14575 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14576 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14579 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14581 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14582 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14584 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14585 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14587 struct bp_location *location;
14589 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14590 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14593 update_global_location_list (0);
14595 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14598 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14601 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14603 disable_breakpoint (b);
14606 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14607 disable_breakpoint. */
14610 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14612 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14616 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14620 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14623 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14624 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14626 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14628 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14634 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14636 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14637 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14638 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14639 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14641 update_global_location_list (0);
14644 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14648 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14651 int target_resources_ok;
14653 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14656 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14657 target_resources_ok =
14658 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14660 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14661 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14662 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14663 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14666 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14668 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14669 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14670 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14672 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14674 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14676 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14677 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14678 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14682 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14683 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14689 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14690 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14692 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14694 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14695 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14697 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14698 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14700 struct bp_location *location;
14702 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14703 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14706 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14707 bpt->enable_count = count;
14708 update_global_location_list (1);
14709 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14711 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14716 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14718 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14722 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14724 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14727 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14728 enable_breakpoint. */
14731 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14733 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14736 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14737 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14738 in stopping the inferior. */
14741 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14745 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14748 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14749 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14751 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14753 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14759 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14761 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14762 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14763 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14764 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14766 update_global_location_list (1);
14769 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14772 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14782 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14784 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14786 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14790 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14792 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14794 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14798 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14800 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14804 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14806 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14808 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14812 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14814 int count = get_number (&args);
14816 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14820 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14822 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14824 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14828 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14830 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14834 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14839 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14843 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14844 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14848 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14849 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14850 const bfd_byte *data)
14852 struct breakpoint *bp;
14854 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14855 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14856 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14858 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14860 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14862 struct bp_location *loc;
14864 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14865 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14866 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14867 && addr + len > loc->address)
14869 value_free (wp->val);
14877 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14878 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14879 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14880 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14884 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14885 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14887 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14889 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14891 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14892 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14894 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14896 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14904 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14905 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14908 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14910 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14913 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14919 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14922 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14923 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14925 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14928 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14929 struct address_space *aspace,
14934 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14936 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14937 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14941 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14942 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14943 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14946 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14947 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14948 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14949 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14950 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14951 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14953 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14954 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14955 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14956 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14959 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14960 were inserted or not. */
14963 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14965 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14966 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14969 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14972 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14974 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14976 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14978 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14979 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14980 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14981 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14983 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14985 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14986 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14987 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14988 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14992 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14993 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14994 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14998 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15002 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15003 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15005 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15006 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15007 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15011 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15015 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15019 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15020 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15021 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15022 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15025 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15029 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15034 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15036 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15038 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15039 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15047 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15048 non-zero otherwise. */
15050 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15052 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15053 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15054 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15061 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15063 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15064 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15066 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15070 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15072 struct breakpoint *bp;
15074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15075 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15077 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15079 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15083 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15085 if (syscall_number == iter)
15095 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15096 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15097 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15098 char *text, char *word)
15100 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15101 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15102 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15108 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15110 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15112 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15114 tracepoint_count = num;
15115 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15119 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15121 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15122 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15124 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15125 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15127 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15129 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15131 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15133 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15134 0 /* Ignore count */,
15135 pending_break_support,
15139 0 /* internal */, 0);
15143 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15145 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15147 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15149 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15150 0 /* Ignore count */,
15151 pending_break_support,
15152 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15155 0 /* internal */, 0);
15158 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15161 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15163 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15165 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15166 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15167 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15168 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15170 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15172 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15174 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15176 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15177 0 /* Ignore count */,
15178 pending_break_support,
15182 0 /* internal */, 0);
15185 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15186 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15188 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15189 static int next_cmd;
15192 read_uploaded_action (void)
15196 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15203 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15204 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15205 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15206 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15207 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15209 struct tracepoint *
15210 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15212 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15213 struct tracepoint *tp;
15215 if (utp->at_string)
15216 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15219 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15220 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15221 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15223 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15224 "source location, using raw address"),
15226 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15227 addr_str = small_buf;
15230 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15231 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15232 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15233 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15236 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15238 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15239 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15241 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15242 0 /* Ignore count */,
15243 pending_break_support,
15244 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15246 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15248 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15251 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15252 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15253 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15257 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15260 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15263 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15264 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15265 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15267 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15269 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15274 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15276 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15278 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15279 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15280 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15281 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15284 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15285 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15286 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15291 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15295 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15297 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15300 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15302 if (num_printed == 0)
15304 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15305 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15307 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15310 default_collect_info ();
15313 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15314 Not supported by all targets. */
15316 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15318 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15321 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15322 Not supported by all targets. */
15324 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15326 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15329 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15331 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15333 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15339 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15341 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15342 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15343 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15345 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15346 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15348 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15352 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15354 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15357 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15358 delete_breakpoint (b);
15362 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15365 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15368 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15370 tp->pass_count = count;
15371 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15373 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15374 tp->base.number, count);
15377 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15379 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15380 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15381 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15384 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15386 struct tracepoint *t1;
15387 unsigned int count;
15389 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15390 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15391 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15393 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15395 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15398 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15400 struct breakpoint *b;
15402 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15404 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15406 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15408 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15409 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15412 else if (*args == '\0')
15414 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15416 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15420 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15422 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15423 while (!state.finished)
15425 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15427 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15432 struct tracepoint *
15433 get_tracepoint (int num)
15435 struct breakpoint *t;
15437 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15438 if (t->number == num)
15439 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15444 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15445 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15448 struct tracepoint *
15449 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15451 struct breakpoint *b;
15453 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15455 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15457 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15464 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15465 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15466 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15467 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15468 struct tracepoint *
15469 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15470 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15473 struct breakpoint *t;
15475 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15479 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15480 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15482 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15485 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15487 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15490 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15494 if (instring && *instring)
15495 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15498 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15499 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15503 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15504 if (t->number == tpnum)
15506 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15509 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15514 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15516 if (b->thread != -1)
15517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15525 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15526 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15527 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15531 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15532 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15534 struct breakpoint *tp;
15537 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15538 struct ui_file *fp;
15539 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15541 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15542 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15544 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15547 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15548 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15551 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15552 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15557 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15559 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15561 /* We can stop searching. */
15568 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15572 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15573 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15574 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15576 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15577 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15578 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15580 if (extra_trace_bits)
15581 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15583 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15585 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15586 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15589 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15590 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15593 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15595 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15596 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15599 if (tp->cond_string)
15600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15602 if (tp->ignore_count)
15603 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15607 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15609 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15611 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15612 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15614 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15616 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15619 throw_exception (ex);
15621 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15624 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15627 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15628 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15629 special, and not user visible. */
15630 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15632 struct bp_location *loc;
15635 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15641 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15644 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15646 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15649 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15652 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15654 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15657 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15660 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15662 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15665 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15667 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15668 all_tracepoints (void)
15670 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15671 struct breakpoint *tp;
15673 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15675 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15682 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15683 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15684 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15686 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15687 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15688 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15689 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15690 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15691 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15692 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15693 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15694 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15695 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15696 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15698 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15699 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15701 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15702 conditions are different.\n\
15704 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15706 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15707 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15709 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15710 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15713 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15714 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15715 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15716 completer_ftype *completer,
15717 void *user_data_catch,
15718 void *user_data_tcatch)
15720 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15722 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15724 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15725 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15726 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15728 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15730 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15731 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15732 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15736 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15738 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15739 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15741 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15742 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15743 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15747 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15749 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15750 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15751 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15754 struct breakpoint *
15755 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15758 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15760 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15762 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15769 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15770 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15773 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15775 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15776 non-inline function. */
15777 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15783 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15784 have been inlined. */
15787 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15788 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15790 struct breakpoint *b;
15791 struct bp_location *bl;
15793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15795 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15798 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15800 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15801 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15810 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15812 static int initialized = 0;
15814 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15820 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15821 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15822 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15823 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15824 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15825 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15826 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15827 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15828 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15829 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15830 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15831 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15833 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15834 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15835 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15836 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15837 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15838 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15839 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15840 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15842 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15843 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15844 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15845 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15846 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15847 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15848 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15849 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15850 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15851 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15853 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15854 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15855 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15856 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15857 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15858 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15859 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15861 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15862 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15863 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15864 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15865 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15866 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15867 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15869 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15870 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15871 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15872 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15874 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15875 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15876 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15877 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15878 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15879 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15880 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15882 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15883 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15884 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15885 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15886 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15887 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15888 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15891 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15892 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15893 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15894 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15895 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15896 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15897 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15898 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15899 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15900 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15901 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15902 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15903 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15905 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15906 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15907 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15908 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15909 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15910 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15911 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15912 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15913 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15914 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15915 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15918 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15919 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15920 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15921 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15922 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15923 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15924 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15925 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15926 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15927 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15929 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15930 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15931 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15932 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15933 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15935 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15936 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15937 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15938 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15939 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15940 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15942 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15943 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15944 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15945 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15946 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15947 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15948 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15949 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15950 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15951 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15953 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15954 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15955 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15956 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15957 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15958 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15959 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15960 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15961 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15962 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15964 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15965 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15966 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15967 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15968 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15969 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15970 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15971 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15972 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15973 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15974 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15976 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15977 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15978 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15979 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15980 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15981 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15982 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15983 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15984 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15985 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15986 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15988 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15989 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15990 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15991 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15992 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15993 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15994 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15995 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15996 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15997 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15998 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15999 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16001 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16002 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16003 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16004 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16005 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16006 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16007 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16010 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16012 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16015 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16017 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16019 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16021 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16022 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16023 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16025 breakpoint_objfile_key
16026 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16028 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16029 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16030 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16032 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16033 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16034 before a breakpoint is set. */
16035 breakpoint_count = 0;
16037 tracepoint_count = 0;
16039 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16040 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16041 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16043 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16045 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16046 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16047 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16048 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16049 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16050 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16051 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16052 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16054 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16055 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16056 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16057 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16058 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16060 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16061 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16062 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16063 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16064 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16066 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16067 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16069 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16070 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16071 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16072 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16077 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16078 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16079 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16080 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16082 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16083 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16086 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16087 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16088 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16089 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16090 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16091 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16093 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16094 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16095 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16096 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16097 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16098 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16100 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16102 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16103 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16104 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16105 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16106 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16107 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16109 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16110 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16111 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16114 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16115 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16116 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16119 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16120 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16121 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16122 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16125 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16126 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16127 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16130 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16131 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16132 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16135 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16136 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16137 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16138 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16141 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16142 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16143 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16144 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16145 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16146 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16147 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16148 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16150 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16151 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16152 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16153 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16154 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16156 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16157 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16158 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16159 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16160 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16161 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16164 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16165 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16166 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16167 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16169 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16170 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16171 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16172 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16173 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16175 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16176 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16177 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16178 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16180 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16181 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16182 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16183 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16184 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16187 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16188 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16189 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16190 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16191 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16192 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16194 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16195 is executing in.\n\
16197 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16198 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16200 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16201 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16202 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16203 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16205 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16206 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16207 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16208 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16211 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16215 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16216 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16217 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16218 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16219 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16220 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16221 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16222 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16223 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16224 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16225 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16226 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16227 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16228 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16229 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16230 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16232 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16233 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16234 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16235 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16236 breakpoint set."));
16239 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16240 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16241 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16242 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16243 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16244 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16245 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16246 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16247 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16249 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16250 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16251 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16252 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16253 breakpoint set."));
16255 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16258 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16259 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16260 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16261 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16262 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16263 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16264 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16265 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16266 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16268 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16269 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16270 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16271 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16272 breakpoint set."));
16274 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16275 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16276 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16277 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16278 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16279 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16280 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16281 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16282 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16283 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16284 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16285 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16286 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16288 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16289 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16290 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16291 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16293 &maintenanceinfolist);
16295 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16296 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16297 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16298 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16300 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16301 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16302 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16303 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16305 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16306 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16307 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16308 catch_catch_command,
16312 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16313 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16314 catch_throw_command,
16318 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16319 catch_fork_command_1,
16321 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16322 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16323 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16324 catch_fork_command_1,
16326 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16327 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16328 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16329 catch_exec_command_1,
16333 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16334 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16335 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16336 catch_load_command_1,
16340 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16341 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16342 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16343 catch_unload_command_1,
16347 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16348 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16349 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16350 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16351 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16352 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16353 catch_syscall_command_1,
16354 catch_syscall_completer,
16358 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16359 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16360 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16361 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16362 an expression changes.\n\
16363 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16364 the memory to which it refers."));
16365 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16367 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16368 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16369 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16370 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16371 an expression is read.\n\
16372 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16373 the memory to which it refers."));
16374 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16376 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16377 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16378 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16379 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16380 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16381 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16382 the memory to which it refers."));
16383 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16385 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16386 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16388 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16389 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16390 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16391 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16392 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16393 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16394 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16395 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16396 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16399 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16400 &setlist, &showlist);
16402 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16404 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16406 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16407 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16409 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16410 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16411 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16413 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16414 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16415 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16416 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16418 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16419 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16421 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16422 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16423 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16425 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16426 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16428 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16429 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16430 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16431 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16432 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16433 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16434 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16435 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16436 the selected stack frame.\n\
16437 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16438 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16439 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16440 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16442 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16444 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16445 conditions are different.\n\
16447 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16448 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16449 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16451 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16452 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16453 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16454 last tracepoint set."));
16456 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16458 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16459 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16460 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16461 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16463 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16465 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16466 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16467 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16468 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16470 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16472 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16473 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16474 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16475 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16477 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16479 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16480 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16481 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16482 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16483 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16485 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16486 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16487 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16488 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16490 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16491 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16492 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16493 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16494 session to restore them."),
16496 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16498 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16499 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16500 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16502 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16504 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16505 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16507 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16508 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16509 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16510 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16511 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16512 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16513 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16514 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16515 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16516 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16517 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16518 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16520 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16521 &pending_break_support, _("\
16522 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16523 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16524 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16525 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16526 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16527 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16529 show_pending_break_support,
16530 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16531 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16533 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16535 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16536 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16537 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16538 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16539 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16540 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16541 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16543 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16544 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16545 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16547 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16548 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16549 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16550 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16551 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16552 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16553 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16554 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16555 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16556 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16557 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16558 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16560 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16561 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16562 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16564 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16565 condition_evaluation_enums,
16566 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16567 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16568 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16569 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16570 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16571 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16572 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16573 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16574 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16575 be set to \"gdb\""),
16576 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16577 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16578 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16579 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16581 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16582 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16583 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16584 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16585 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16586 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16587 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16588 or the start of the range\n\
16589 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16590 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16591 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16593 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16594 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16595 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16597 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16598 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16599 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16600 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16601 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16602 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16604 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16606 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16607 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16608 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16609 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16610 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16611 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16612 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16613 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16614 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16615 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16616 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16617 &setlist, &showlist);
16619 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16620 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16621 &dprintf_function, _("\
16622 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16623 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16624 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16625 &setlist, &showlist);
16627 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16628 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16629 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16630 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16631 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16632 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16633 &setlist, &showlist);
16635 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16636 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16637 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16638 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16639 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16640 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16643 &setlist, &showlist);
16645 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16646 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16647 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16649 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16651 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);